![]()

1

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

#### ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL

#### AND GOVERNANCE REPORT

2024

#### NURTURING

# growth

![]()

2

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### CONTENTS

01

#### OVERVIEW

Purpose and scope of this report  2

Social, ethics and transformation committee

chairman’s message  4

04

#### SOCIAL

Safety and health  88

Our people  102

Communities  117

Making a positive contribution  135

05

#### GOVERNANCE

Governance  155

Risk management  162

06

#### APPENDICES

Independent assurance statement  167

Selected reporting criteria  172

Carbon accounting methodologies  175

Glossary  180

Corporate information  184

02

#### ESG IN CONTEXT

About us  8

Our South African operations  11

Our Australian operation  12

Our strategy  13

Approach to ESG  15

Our 2024 performance  22

Our contribution to society  23

Chief executive officer’s review  24

Material matters  29

03

#### ENVIRONMENT

Environmental stewardship  36

Air quality  39

Waste management  41

Water management  46

Climate change and energy  52

Mine closure and rehabilitation  74

Biodiversity  79

This report provides our stakeholders with a transparent account of

our environmental, social and governance (ESG) approach and

performance across our most material sustainability topics for the

year ended 31December 2024.

It incorporates our wholly owned operations and joint ventures where

we have management control. We also include information about

operations where we do not have management control but hold a

significant interest. Included are our five wholly owned operations

in South Africa, Ensham Mine in Australia and Mafube Coal Mining

Proprietary Limited (Mafube), a 50% joint venture with Exxaro Coal

Mpumalanga Proprietary Limited. At Mafube, we report on all

sustainability indicators in full, with the exception of greenhouse gas

(GHG) emissions and energy consumption, which are accounted

for at 50%, in line with GHG Protocol guidance. This document

incorporates data from our closing, care and maintenance sites as

well as limited information from the Elders and Zibulo North projects.

ESG data from other operations in which we have a shareholding

but do not have operational control, such as the Richards Bay Coal

Terminal and the Phola Coal Processing Plant, are excluded.

PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF THIS REPORT

This, the Thungela Environmental, Social and Governance Report,

provides a transparent account of how we addressed our most

material ESG matters in 2024. These were identified using a double

materiality approach. This report is aligned with:

•  the Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) Sustainability Reporting

Standards;

•  the GRI 12: Coal Sector Standard (2022);

•  the International Sustainability Standards Board’s (ISSB)

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) climate-

related disclosure standard; and

•  the sustainable development principles and reporting

framework of the International Council on Mining and Metals

(ICMM).

Deloitte & Touche provided an independent reasonable assurance

(RA)

opinion and a limited assurance

(LA)

conclusion over selected

sustainability key performance indicators. The independent assurance

statement can be found on page 167.

ASSURANCE AND BASIS OF PREPARATION

The board of directors delegated responsibility to the social, ethics

and transformation committee to oversee the compilation of this

report. The board has since collectively reviewed its contents and

is satisfied that this document addresses Thungela's most material

issues and provides a balanced and appropriate representation of

sustainability performance.

Tommy McKeith

Social, ethics and transformation committee chairman

23 April 2025

#### BOARD RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

![]()

3

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

1

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

All images used in this document have been used with the

permission of the subjects in them or their legal guardians, and

with the understanding that they could be published widely,

including online, and viewed worldwide.

DISCLAIMER

This document includes forward-looking statements.

For information regarding these, please refer to page 184.

FORWARDLOOKING STATEMENTS

We are committed to accurate and transparent reporting and continuous improvement in our disclosure. The following ratings and

certification were achieved in recognition of these efforts in 2024:

EXTERNAL BENCHMARKING AND RECOGNITION

We scored 3.5 out of 5 in 2024 (2023: 4) compared to the coal sub-sector average of 2.7.

We achieved a rating of A in 2024 (2023: BBB) on a scale of AAA-CCC.

Our score improved to 52 in 2024 (2023: 49) and we ranked second out of 52 companies.

Our performance score improved to 38.5 in 2024 (2023: 33.7), placing us among the top five performers in the industry.

We were certified for the third consecutive year.

We maintained a B rating for climate change and achieved a B- for our inaugural CDP water disclosure.

AGENCY RATINGS

2024

SOUTH

AFRICA

1

Copyright and trademarks are owned by the Institute of Directors of Southern Africa

NPC and all of its rights are reserved.

This report forms part of our overall suite of reporting documents for the year ended 31December 2024, and should be read in

conjunction with the Thungela Integrated Annual Report and the Thungela Annual Financial Statements. The reporting process for all

our reports has been guided by the principles and requirements contained in the IFRS Accounting Standards, the IFRS Foundation's

Integrated Reporting Framework, the GRI standards, the King IV™ Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa 2016 (King IV

1

),

the listing requirements of the London Stock Exchange and UK Disclosure and Transparency Rules, the Johannesburg Stock Exchange

listing requirements and the South African Companies Act, 71 of 2008.

For more information, visit

https://www.thungela.com/investors/annual-reports.

THUNGELA’S 2024 REPORTING SUITE

![]()

4

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### SOCIAL, ETHICS AND

### TRANSFORMATION

#### COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN’S MESSAGE

At Thungela, ESG is central to how we operate,

with safety as the foundation and a strong

focus on the ‘S’– our people and communities.

Operating in diverse environments, particularly in South Africa,

means recognising that we are part of a broader ecosystem. We

work in communities’ backyards and being a responsible corporate

citizen is not optional. It is essential.

In our view, sustainability is about ensuring resilience and shared

value, and enabling businesses to thrive across economic cycles. In

a cyclical industry where prices fluctuate, maintaining a balanced

and sustainable approach to ESG is critical.

We are executing some really impactful initiatives, one of them being

the Thungela Education Initiative, which we hope brings immense

value to communities. This is especially important in areas where

infrastructure and support are limited, which makes it challenging to

drive meaningful change.

Over the next five years, instead of focusing on infrastructure, we

will support all the interconnected elements that strengthen education

and empower young people – such as school governance and

educator support. The goal is to set the foundation so that schools

can build their own futures, while our mines are operational and

then beyond.

As several of our operations prepare for closure in the not-too-distant

future, we are working on a legacy that extends past mining. This

work is not just about reshaping land and planting grass, it is about

mitigating the impact of these closures and their ripple effects on

communities.

The goal is to implement strategic legacy projects, foster economic

diversification by supporting skills development, entrepreneurship

and alternative industries that can sustain livelihoods long after

mining ends.

However, while some mines reach the end of their lives, others are

only beginning and the global reality is that coal will remain a

critical, albeit reduced, part of the energy mix for the foreseeable

future. Many regions, particularly in developing economies, remain

heavily reliant on coal and are still in the early stages of transition.

Our role in this changing landscape is to navigate the transition in a

way that ensures stability while advancing toward a lower-carbon

future.

This means operating responsibly and ensuring that our operations

minimise environmental impact, produce high-quality coal that

generates more efficient and lower-emission electricity, and target

markets that will use it responsibly.

Thungela’s purpose is clearly defined: ‘To responsibly create value

together for a shared future’. This statement resonates because our

work extends beyond mining – we are enabling energy access

today while contributing to a cleaner, more sustainable future.

#### Tommy McKeith

Chairman of the social, ethics and

#### transformation committee

23April 2025

![]()

5

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

1

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

In my view, sustainability is about ensuring resilience and shared

value, and enabling businesses to thrive across economic cycles.

In a cyclical industry where prices ﬂuctuate, maintaining a

balanced and sustainable approach to ESG is critical.

![]()

6

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

## ESG IN CONTEXT

02

About us  8

Our South African operations  11

Our Australian operation  12

Our strategy  13

Approach to ESG  15

Our 2024 performance  22

Our contribution to society  23

Chief executive officer’s review  24

Material matters  29

6

![]()

7

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

1

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

7

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

8

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### ABOUT US

We are unconditional about

protecting the lives of all our

people – at work and at home –

in health and wellbeing.

SAFETY

We take responsibility for

our decisions, actions and

performance, to grow in success

and learn in failure.

ACCOUNTABILITY

We are passionate about being

the best at what we do and

always seek to raise the bar.

EXCELLENCE

We show humanity to all

through our commitment to

making a positive impact

where we can.

CARE AND RESPECT

We keep things simple and

empower our people by enabling

them to make quick decisions.

AGILITY

We have an owner’s mindset

because we know that every small

change adds to greater impact.

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Thungela, which means ‘to ignite' in isiZulu, is a global pure-play

producer and exporter of high-quality, cost-competitive thermal

coal, with operations in South Africa and Australia. Our quality coal

reserves and marketable production, position us as a key player in the

global energy market as we deliver coal through world-class ports,

powering nations.

The Group owns interests in and produces its thermal coal from

six mining operations located in Mpumalanga, South Africa,

which consist of both underground and opencast mines, namely

Goedehoop, Greenside, Isibonelo, Khwezela, Zibulo and Mafube.

Thungela disposed of its controlling interest in the Rietvlei Colliery on

30 November 2024.

In 2023, Thungela acquired 85% of the Ensham Mine in Queensland,

Australia, marking a significant move towards executing one of the

Group’s strategic pillars of geographic diversification. On 28 February

2025, a further 15% interest in the Ensham Mine was acquired.

The establishment of Thungela Marketing International in Dubai

underscores the Group’s commitment to capture the full margin on its

products and engaging with the international commodities market as

a global coal producer.

In other parts of the value chain, Thungela holds a 50% interest in

Phola Coal Processing Plant, and a 23.56% direct interest in Richards

Bay Coal Terminal (RBCT). The terminal is one of the world’s leading

coal export terminals, with an advanced 24-hour operation and a

design capacity of 91million tonnes per annum.

Thungela is committed to operating in a responsible way to ignite

value for a shared future. We want to ensure that our mining activities

positively impact our employees, shareholders and the communities

where we operate.

#### OUR VALUES

Our people are the heartbeat of our

organisation. Our high-performance

culture values excellence, agility and

accountability.

OUR CULTURE

A future-oriented,

pure-play producer

and exporter of thermal

coal with an expanding

global footprint.

WHO WE ARE

To create and deliver

value for all our

stakeholders.

AMBITION

![]()

9

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

We are uncompromising about safety and it is our first

consideration in everything we do.

We hold ourselves to the highest governance principles

by managing our impacts and mining responsibly.

Being a responsible miner means being a responsible

neighbour. We mine responsibly to ensure that host communities

thrive and benefit from the positive impacts we create.

We cannot do it on our own. That is why we collaborate,

engage and build meaningful relationships with all our

stakeholders.

The value we create contributes to a brighter future for

all of us. By achieving our goals together, we all face a future

worth sharing.

We want others to share in the value we create.

From shareholders and employees to host communities, we want

all our stakeholders to be better off because of our business.

### OUR PURPOSE

#### TOGETHER FOR A SHARED FUTURE.

#### RESPONSIBLY CREATING VALUE

![]()

10

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### OPERATING CONTEXT

#### OUR OPERATING CONTEXT

#### SOUTH AFRICA

Our operations in South Africa are primarily based in Mpumalanga, the country’s second-smallest

province, yet a key driver of economic activity. Within Mpumalanga, we operate in two key district

municipalities: Gert Sibande and Nkangala, which together encompass six local municipalities.

Gert Sibande, the province’s largest district by land area, has a diverse economy that includes a substantial underground mining industry,

a strong agricultural sector, and major industrial sites linked to the petrochemical industry. On the other hand, Nkangala, known as the

cultural heartland of Mpumalanga, is South Africa’s energy hub, with abundant coal reserves and power stations playing a critical role in

the national energy landscape.

A significant number of socio-economic challenges cut across both district municipalities. They are:

•  high unemployment;

•  inadequate infrastructure, including water and sanitation, energy, health, transportation and connectivity;

•  underperformance at primary and high school levels;

•  insufficient education and skills training facilities;

•  a lack of quality early childhood development; and

•  demand for opportunities for small, medium and micro-sized enterprises (SMMEs) that are heavily dependent on the mining sector.

Coal mining, steel production and coal-fired power generation are the lifeblood of communities in these regions. This renders them heavily

dependent on these sectors and their value chains for their livelihoods. They are particularly vulnerable to the transition away from fossil

fuels and the closure of mines and power stations that are nearing the end of their economic lives.

We operate in three local municipalities within the two districts. These are:

YOUTH (AGE 15  34)

43%

UNEMPLOYMENT

26.6%

HIGHER EDUCATION

1

9.7%

EMALAHLENI

LOCAL MUNICIPALITY

553,562

ESTIMATED POPULATION ESTIMATED POPULATION

317,187

YOUTH (AGE 15  34)

40.7%

UNEMPLOYMENT

23%

HIGHER EDUCATION

10.9%

STEVE TSHWETE

LOCAL MUNICIPALITY

ESTIMATED POPULATION

377, 446

YOUTH (AGE 15  34)

41%

UNEMPLOYMENT

32.5%

HIGHER EDUCATION

8.1%

GOVAN MBEKI

LOCAL MUNICIPALITY

Source: 2022/2023 – 2026/2027

Integrated Development Plan

1

Higher education is the proportion of people over the age of 20 years in the local municipality with a tertiary education. Source: https://municipalities.co.za/.

Source: 2022/2023 Integrated Development Plan Source: 2022/2023 Integrated Development Plan

![]()

11

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### OUR SOUTH AFRICAN OPERATIONS

ISIBONELO COLLIERY

Market Domestic

Coal Resources Measured: 15.3Mt

Indicated: —

Coal Reserves Proved: 3.9Mt

Probable: —

Mining Method Opencast

LOM 1 year

1

Resources and Reserves are shown at 100%.

MAFUBE COLLIERY

1

Market Export

Coal Resources Measured: 29.5Mt

Indicated: 1.2Mt

Coal Reserves Proved: 82.6Mt

Probable: 33.0Mt

Mining Method Opencast

LOM 19 years

ZIBULO COLLIERY

Market Export and domestic

Coal Resources Measured: 377.3Mt

Indicated: 55.8Mt

Coal Reserves Proved: 21.3Mt

Probable: 22.0Mt

Mining Method Underground – bord

and pillar  and opencast

LOM 8 years

GOEDEHOOP COLLIERY

Market Export and domestic

Coal Resources Measured: 236.5Mt

Indicated: 9.0Mt

Coal Reserves Proved: 2.6Mt

Probable: 0.2Mt

Mining Method Underground – bord

and pillar

LOM 1 year

KHWEZELA COLLIERY

Market Export and domestic

Coal Resources Measured: 39.5Mt

Indicated: 8.9Mt

Coal Reserves Proved: 21.9Mt

Probable: 1.5Mt

Mining Method Opencast

LOM 5 years

GREENSIDE COLLIERY

Market Export and domestic

Coal Resources Measured: 7.9 Mt

Indicated: 4.0Mt

Coal Reserves Proved: 10.4Mt

Probable: 1.9Mt

Mining Method Underground – bord

and pillar

LOM 4 years

Middelburg

eMalahleni

#### MPUMALANGA

![]()

12

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### OUR AUSTRALIAN OPERATION

ENSHAM MINE

Market Export

Coal Resources

1

Measured: 4.5Mt

Indicated: 465.4Mt

Coal Reserves

1

Proved: 26.2Mt

Probable: 42.6Mt

Mining Method Underground

LOM 20 years

1

Resources and Reserves are shown at 100%.

#### QUEENSLAND

Rail line (339km)

Port of

Gladstone

Brisbane

#### Ensham is located in the western part of the central Bowen Basin in Central Queensland.

Its nearest townships include Emerald, approximately 35km to the

west, and Blackwater, 49km to the southeast. The small township of

Comet is located approximately 18km southeast of the project area.

The project is wholly located within the Central Highlands Regional

Council Local Government Area.

Resource activities are common within the region. There are 13 other

active mine sites located within 65km of the site.

Ensham has been a significant contributor to the Emerald community

since 1993, and for the past 25 years has supported regional

employment and local businesses. Mining and agriculture account

for 24% of all employment. The continuation of Ensham is paramount

to provide both economic and workforce security for Emerald and

the surrounding region.

Predominant land uses within the wider region include cropping,

grazing, and resource activities.

Bowen Basin

![]()

13

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

OUR INVESTMENT EVALUATION CRITERIA

Our investment evaluation criteria have been designed and implemented to optimally balance responsible stewardship with the need

to upgrade our portfolio and create shareholder value. They have been and continue to be critical to all investment decisions, ensuring

that any investment competes with additional shareholder returns. We continue to evaluate all merger and acquisition opportunities

against these criteria.

### OUR STRATEGY

We are continuously

improving the competitive

positioning and cash

generation of the assets we

own and operate today

– through productivity

initiatives and the execution

of approved capital

projects, on schedule and

within budget.

MAXIMISE

THE FULL

POTENTIAL OF

OUR EXISTING

ASSETS

ESG remains at the heart

of our strategy and informs

our approach to our

existing business, how we

plan future projects, and

how we evaluate potential

acquisitions. We maintain

a broad ESG perspective,

recognising thesocio-

economic implications in

and around our business

while managing a transition

to a low-carbon future.

DRIVE OUR ESG

ASPIRATIONS

Safety is our first value.

We do not waver in

our commitment to

operating a business

that is free of fatalities

and injuries.

SAFETY

COST/MARGIN CURVE PAYBACK CAPITAL INTENSITY

•  Target lower half of global

seaborne cost curve

•  Competitive capex per tonne

when compared to alternative

options

•  Target short payback periods

ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE

•  Consider the impact on global

carbon output

•  No net loss of biodiversity

•  Improved transparency and

accountability

•  Support existing regional

communities and the supplier

base

RESPONSIBLE

STEWARDSHIP

UPGRADE

OUR ASSET

PORTFOLIO

NET PRESENT VALUE/

CAPEX

INTERNAL RATE OF

RETURN

CLOSURE COSTS

•  Net present value

•  Capital efficiency

•  Cash ﬂows to fund closure cost

provisions beyond current life

of mine

•  Internal rate of return higher than

our nominal weighted average

cost of capital

MAXIMISE

SHAREHOLDER

VALUE

Our five strategic pillars enable us to deliver on our purpose to responsibly create value together for

#### a shared future.

1 2 3 4 5

We continue to develop

a future pathway for our

business by pursuing

geographic diversification

and leveraging our core

skills. We also consider

the divestment or winding

down of high-cost tonnes

or stranded resources

within our portfolio.

CREATE FUTURE

DIVERSIFICATION

OPTIONS

The ongoing implementation

of an efficient capital

allocation strategy, based

on our approved investment

evaluation criteria, ensures

that any capital allocation

options compete with

additional shareholder

returns in the form of

additional dividends and

share buybacks.

OPTIMISE

CAPITAL

ALLOCATION

![]()

14

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### STRATEGIC FOCUS AREAS

SAFETY

INITIATIVES  OUTCOMES

Relentless drive to operate a business free from fatalities and injuries  •  No fatalities in 2024

•  Group total recordable case frequency rate of 1.93

DRIVE OUR ESG ASPIRATIONS

INITIATIVES  OUTCOMES

Implement optimised rehabilitation and closure plans  •  Ongoing optimisation of rehabilitation activities, planning and associated

costs

Operate with a credible pathway to net zero by 2050  •  4 MW solar photovoltaic (PV) plant commissioned in November 2024

•  Delivering carbon and energy intensity reductions across the business

•  Identifying emissions off-setting opportunities that support our strategy

Continue to create shared value  •  R204 million total contribution to employee and community trusts

1

based on

the 2024 financial performance

MAXIMISE THE FULL POTENTIAL OF OUR EXISTING ASSETS

INITIATIVES  OUTCOMES

Deliver productivity improvements  •  Productivity initiatives successfully implemented across our South African

portfolio as well as at Ensham during 2024

Enable an optimised cost structure  •  Cost containment initiatives implemented during 2024, with a focus on

targeting cost reduction across the Group

Optimise use of rail and port infrastructure to enhance marketing

optionality

•  Improved rail performance increases our ability to optimise our products to

achieve improved realised prices

•  Thungela Marketing International achieved higher premiums and lower

discounts in the second half of the year

•  Supported several Transnet Freight Rail (TFR) initiatives, through coal

industry forums

Develop and deliver production replacement and life extension projects  •  The Elders and Zibulo North Shaft projects are on schedule and in line with

budget

CREATE FUTURE DIVERSIFICATION OPTIONS

INITIATIVES  OUTCOMES

Divestment of stranded resources and high-cost tonnes  •  Divestment of our 34% stake in Rietvlei Mining Company Proprietary Limited

to a 100% historically disadvantaged South African company aligns with

our focus on high-margin operations

Geographic diversification  •  Ongoing evaluation of opportunities that includes Australia, given our

presence in this region

Diversification where we have demonstrated our 'right to win'  •  Ongoing evaluation of various options in accordance with our investment

evaluation criteria

OPTIMISE CAPITAL ALLOCATION

INITIATIVES  OUTCOMES

Maintain liquidity buffer throughout the commodity cycle  •  The liquidity buffer remains in line with the needs of the Group

Evaluate projects and acquisition opportunities which deliver superior returns

over time

•  Several acquisition opportunities were evaluated during 2024, focusing on

value-adding transactions

•  The Elders and Zibulo North Shaft extension projects remain on schedule

and in line with budget

Shareholder approval for share buybacks  •  Two share buybacks were completed in 2024, amounting to R441 million

and R160 million, respectively. Announced a share buyback of up to R300

million

1

Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme and the Nkulo Community Partnership Trust.

![]()

15

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

### APPROACH TO ESG

We minimise our impact on the

environment and operate to

achieve sustainable outcomes

Climate risk management

Efficient use of resources

Land stewardship and biodiversity

We embrace strong corporate

governance principles to

manage risk and build trust

Integrated risk management

Governance and disclosure

Ethical behaviour

We empower our workforce

and work with our stakeholders

to deliver shared value safely

Safety, health and wellbeing

Inclusion and empowerment

Community partnerships

SUPPORTED BY

Robust management

systems

Open and engaged

leadership

Values and code

of conduct

Effective and transparent

stakeholder engagement

Environmental

stewardship

Responsible decision-

making and leadership

Shared

value for our

stakeholders

Driving our ESG aspirations is one of the five pillars of our business

strategy. While we recognise that the demand for coal may decline

over time, we firmly believe that while it is still in use, it is essential that

coal be produced responsibly. Operating sustainably is an integral

part of our way of doing business. Through our ESG framework, we

have embedded ESG into how we work, across existing sites and in

any new projects or initiatives we consider.

We aim to minimise our impact and take care of the environment

through all stages of the mining lifecycle, delivering shared value

for all our stakeholders while providing a safe and decent working

environment for our employees and contractors. We invest

intentionally and meaningfully in host communities and adhere to the

highest ethical standards.

Our code of conduct is the foundation of our business culture and

guides the behaviour we expect from all employees, business

partners, board members and suppliers. We use strong management

systems to oversee our risks and impacts, have committed and

engaged leadership, and are committed to effective and transparent

stakeholder engagement.

Our aspiration is to ‘spike in the social element of ESG’. We do this

by generating employment and economic opportunities in the regions

where we operate, through the the taxes and royalties we pay, and

the execution of our socio-economic development approach. The

Sisonke Employee Partnership Scheme and the Nkulo Community

Partnership Trust both receive dividend contributions, allowing

employees and communities to benefit from our success.

ESG issues are often interrelated and are part of a complex ecosystem

that is continually evolving. Each element has the potential to inﬂuence

others, similar to the energy trilemma. For example, a rapid and

disorderly transition to variable renewable energy, while reducing

carbon emissions, is likely to negatively impact energy security and

grid stability, increase the cost of electricity and affect the most

vulnerable people in society. Likewise, climate change, biodiversity

and ecological services are intricately linked. Our approach to

ESG dictates a balanced view, where all elements require careful

management and consideration in the decisions we make.

![]()

16

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### ENVIRONMENTAL

### STEWARDSHIP

We are committed to responsible

environmental stewardship. This entails

conserving natural resources, minimising

mining’s inherent negative impacts

and restoring the land we disturb for

sustainable, productive use.

Environmental

stewardship

Responsible decision-

making and leadership

Shared

value for our

stakeholders

Climate risk management

Efficient use of resources

Land stewardship and biodiversity

16

![]()

17

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

As a company that produces coal, we are acutely aware of our role in addressing climate change. This begins with

the transparent disclosure of our climate-related risks and opportunities.

We actively support the achievement of the Paris Agreement’s goals and are making progress toward our

commitment to reduce Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions by 30% by 2030. We have pledged to reach net

zero by 2050. These targets have been set from a 2021 baseline.

Developing countries will continue to rely on fossil fuels until at least 2070. It is therefore critical that we drive

emission abatement technologies and we do this through our involvement with the FutureCoal Alliance, the Coal

Industry Advisory Board and the Council for Geosciences in South Africa.

Our climate risks and opportunities are featured in this report and align with the Task Force on Climate-Related

Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and with reference to the IFRS ISSB climate-related disclosure standard.

CLIMATE RISK MANAGEMENT

We take a holistic approach to mine closure, which requires careful planning across multiple areas, including

environmental rehabilitation, social transition and economic sustainability.

A key challenge is ensuring the perpetual management of water from closed mines in a responsible and sustainable

manner. In addition to using large-scale reverse osmosis technology, primarily at our eMalahleni Water Reclamation

Plant, we are trialling nature-based solutions that are designed to operate with minimal human intervention, energy

use and chemical input post-closure.

New mines are built with closure in mind and each site has a comprehensive closure and progressive rehabilitation

plan in place. These plans are aligned with the ICMM’s good practice on integrated closure.

Our successful wetland restoration and phytoremediation projects are nature-based solutions to addressing mine-

impacted water and residual impacts.

We commit to no net loss of biodiversity and, where possible, to improving ecosystems through the implementation of

restoration and offset projects. We also protect areas of high biodiversity value and design site-based rehabilitation

efforts to conserve and restore biodiversity.

LAND STEWARDSHIP AND BIODIVERSITY

It is essential that our operations do not negatively impact natural resources or compromise their availability for

other users.

We operate in water-stressed regions where this may be further exacerbated by increased demand and the effects

of climate change. This underscores the need for water stewardship.

We aim to reduce our operations’ abstraction of fresh water and currently reuse and recycle more than 95% of the

water in our operations. We aim to treat at least 40% of mine-impacted water annually and we are pioneering

innovative nature-based water treatment solutions.

Our sites are engaged in a number of energy efficiency initiatives to lower GHG emissions, and apply industry-

leading standards and live monitoring technology to manage their impact on air quality. Additionally, we have

committed to reducing the amount of waste we send to landfill by 50% by 2030 using 2021’s volumes as a baseline.

EFFICIENT USE OF RESOURCES

![]()

18

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### SHARED VALUE FOR

### OUR STAKEHOLDERS

We cannot create true value unless we

protect employees from harm and ensure

our operations contribute positively to

the lives and livelihoods of people in host

communities.

Safety, health and wellbeing

Inclusion and empowerment

Community partnerships

Environmental

stewardship

Responsible decision-

making and leadership

Shared

value for our

stakeholders

18

![]()

19

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

INCLUSION AND EMPOWERMENT

We actively work to build a diverse and inclusive working environment and celebrate all differences, including those of

race, age, gender, sexual orientation and thought. One of our core values is Care and Respect, which sets the tone on

how we engage with one another.

We have a zero-tolerance stance on discrimination and promote equal opportunities. We also support the right to equal

pay for equal work.

Employees receive ongoing learning and development, which empowers them to grow, thrive and contribute meaningfully

to our shared success.

In South Africa, bargaining unit employees have a direct stake in the company’s success through our Sisonke Employee

Empowerment Scheme.

SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELLBEING

No person should come to harm while earning a living for their family, nor should our activities compromise the health

and safety of host communities.

Safety is one of the five pillars of our business strategy. Our primary focus is on eliminating fatalities, preventing life-altering

injuries, and addressing the insidious, long-term effects of occupational disease.

Our risk-based approach is driven from the board through to frontline supervisory personnel, and hinges on every

employee’s ability to identify, evaluate, and mitigate risks. Learning from incidents and deploying appropriate controls

to ensure the safety and health of our employees and contractors is pivotal. This requires strong leadership, continuous

engagement, and a culture that prioritises safety and health.

We prioritise employee wellness and have made significant progress in combatting HIV/AIDS and TB through

comprehensive testing, treatment and viral suppression. Our commitment extends to the treatment and prevention of non-

communicable diseases and mental, financial and psychosocial wellbeing.

COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIPS

We cannot mine without the buy-in and support of host communities, upon which we rely to earn and maintain our social

licence to operate.

Engagement enables us to identify current and potential risks, impacts and opportunities, helps us strengthen relationships,

and promote shared prosperity.

In South Africa, this prosperity is driven through our socio-economic development approach which identifies four impact

goals:

•  Improving access to quality education and skills development.

•  Improving access to quality community services.

•  Improving access to income-generation opportunities.

•  Reducing reliance on mines by strengthening the local SMME sector.

Projects that address these core challenges are delivered through our mines’ Social and Labour Plans (SLPs) as well as

through corporate social investment (CSI) and strategic programmes such as the Thungela Education Initiative and our

enterprise and supplier development (ESD) programme, Thuthukani.

As part of our efforts to improve community partnerships and to share the value we create in line with our purpose, we

founded the Nkulo Community Partnership Trust. We contributed R102 million to the trust based on our 2024 performance.

The trust has delivered its first two projects, with several more upliftment initiatives planned in 2025.

![]()

20

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### We embrace strong corporate

#### governance principles to manage riskand build trust.

### RESPONSIBLE

### DECISIONMAKING

### ANDLEADERSHIP

Ethical behaviour

Governance and disclosure

Integrated risk management

Environmental

stewardship

Responsible decision-

making and leadership

Shared

value for our

stakeholders

20

![]()

21

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR

We drive long-term performance through clear leadership, ethical conduct and robust governance frameworks that are

aligned with the King IV principles. The board exercises oversight of our ESG strategy to ensure the effective implementation

of our objectives in this critical area. This encompasses all dimensions of ESG, including climate change, as well as the

ongoing assessment of our progress against established targets. With a dedicated and diverse management team, bolstered

by an experienced and independent board, we prioritise transparency in executive remuneration with clear ties to ESG

performance.

Human rights are embedded in our code of conduct, values, policies and procedures, and are reinforced by our dedicated

human rights policy. Our comprehensive approach includes implementing policies to safeguard whistleblowers, uphold tax

transparency and prevent anti-competitive practices. To support this, we operate independently managed whistleblowing

services to ensure accountability and ethical business practice.

Strong governance and clear, honest reporting promote accountability and strengthen trust with our stakeholders. In our

annual ESG report, we share our strategy, progress and goals on key sustainability issues.

This year, we have integrated our climate report into this document. The information provided is aligned with the guidelines

set by the TCFD and with reference to the IFRS International Sustainability Standards Board’s (ISSB) climate-related

disclosure standard.

Every year, we try to enhance the standard of our reporting and use various internationally recognised frameworks as

a guideline. These include the International Finance Corporation’s performance standards, the United Nations Global

Compact sustainability principles and the ICMM principles of good practice. We also participate in the CDP water and

climate change disclosure initiative.

GOVERNANCE AND DISCLOSURE

INTEGRATED RISK MANAGEMENT

ESG risk management is embedded into all aspects of our business, not just to prevent or mitigate harm but to foster

sustainable practices that deliver lasting, positive impacts.

Our business identifies, prioritises, evaluates and manages a broad spectrum of risks and ensures that awareness of these

is clearly and effectively cascaded to all levels. We manage risk in two ways: integrated risk management (IRM) helps us

tackle long-term strategic risks, while operational risk management (ORM) focuses on day-to-day risks to prevent incidents

in real time. This process is supported by IRM policy and framework and ORM standards, which are aligned with the

International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 31000 principles and guidelines.

![]()

22

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### PERFORMANCE DASHBOARD

#### KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Total recordable case

frequency rate (TRCFR)

1

2023: 2.80

1.93

LA

SAFETY AND

HEALTH

GJ - Gigajoule | ML - Megalitre | kt CO

2

e - kilotonne carbon dioxide equivalent

PEOPLE

Women in management (%)

2

2023: 34

35%

SOCIAL

Host community

procurement (%)

2

2023: 21%

24%

WELLNESS

ENVIRONMENT

Freshwater abstraction

(ML)

1

2023: 718

1,170

LA

Water reused/recycled

(%)

2

2023: 96

97%

LA

Fatality

1

2023: 1

0

RA

Historically

disadvantaged persons

in management (%)

2

2023: 65%

67%

Number of incidents

with social consequences

level 3, 4 or 5

2

2023: 16

16

LA

Total energy consumed

(millionGJ)

1

2023: 3.37

3.74

RA

Number of level 3, 4

or 5 environmental

incidents

1

2023: 2

1

LA

Total Scope 1 and 2

emissions (kt CO

2

e)

1

2023: 845

1,065

1

KPI reflects a Group total, including Ensham. The 2023 outcome includes Ensham for the four months from the date of acquisition (1 September 2023), apart from

the TRCFR where the 2023 outcome reflects the full 12 months.

2

Key performance indicator (KPI) for South Africa only.

Total percentage of

employees who know

their HIV status

2

2023: 98

98%

Water treatment (%)

2

2023: 56

64%

![]()

23

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

### OUR CONTRIBUTION TO SOCIETY

SOCIOECONOMIC

DEVELOPMENT

R61

#### MILLION

LA

(2023: R126 million)

SISONKE EMPLOYEE

EMPOWERMENT SCHEME

R102

#### MILLION

(2023: R156 million)

TOTAL TAXES AND

ROYALTIES

R4.5

#### BILLION

(2023: R5.6 billion)

NKULO COMMUNITY

PARTNERSHIP TRUST

R102

#### MILLION

(2023: R156 million)

TOTAL WAGES AND BENEFITS

R6.7

#### BILLION

(2023: R4.7 billion)

GROUP SUPPLIER SPEND,

WITH % LOCAL SPEND

(2023: R9.6 billion, 21%)

R9.7

#### BILLION

24%

B-BBEE - Broad-based black economic empowerment

LEVEL 5 ACHIEVED FOR 2024

AHEAD OF TARGET DATE

(2023: level 5)

#### BBBEE LEVEL 5

5

![]()

24

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### CHIEF EXECUTIVE

### OFFICER’S REVIEW

Supporting a responsible transition

means addressing the needs of those

who rely on our industry today and

forging a new path built on sustainable

practices, technological innovation and

long-term energy security.”

“

#### JULY NDLOVU

I am pleased to share our 2024 Environmental, Social and

Governance Report, which sets out our approach and performance

across our material ESG topics. Our unwavering commitment to our

purpose – to responsibly create value together for a shared future

– underpins our achievements for the year. The business continued

to demonstrate operational excellence together with the disciplined

execution of our strategic priorities. We firmly believe that while there

is a demand for coal, it should be produced responsibly and safely.

A RESPONSIBLE EMPLOYER

Safety remains our first value and we are unconditional about

protecting the lives the of people who work for us. I am pleased

to report that this commitment is exemplified by a business that has

operated fatality-free for more than two years.

Our increased focus on accountability, culture and critical controls

is yielding meaningful improvements in our safety performance. The

Group total recordable case frequency rate (TRCFR) improved to

1.93

LA

compared to 2.80 in 2023. South Africa achieved a record

low TRCFR of 1.07 compared to 1.40 in 2023 and Australia also

showed significant improvement to 13.21 from 22.63 in 2023,

reflecting its strengthened focus on critical controls, leadership

visibility and improving conditions.

Our approach to ESG is driven by a deep commitment to the ‘S’.

This means prioritising the social impact of our operations, from

enhancing employee wellbeing to fostering the long-term prosperity

of local communities. Building on this commitment to our people, we

strive to cultivate a workplace where they can grow and thrive. Our

recognition as a Top Employer for the third consecutive year reflects

the progress we have made in leadership, career development and

fostering a diverse, inclusive and equal place of work. By continuing

to invest in our people, we are strengthening our organisation from

within and ensuring a more engaged, resilient workforce.

A RESPONSIBLE STEWARD OF THE

ENVIRONMENT

Our overarching commitment is to zero harm, not just in safety

and employee health, but also in our interactions with the natural

environment and our host communities.

We remain committed to achieving our targets of reducing Scope

1 and 2 emissions by 30% by 2030 from a 2021 baseline, and to

net zero by 2050. Following the acquisition of Ensham, we have

updated our baseline to include its emissions in accordance with the

GHG Protocol and ISO 14064. Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions for

the Group in 2024 were 1,065 kt CO

2

e compared to the adjusted

baseline of 1,331 kt CO

2

e. In line with our pathway to net zero, we

commissioned a 4 MW solar PV plant at Zibulo in November 2024.

In South Africa, our continued focus on energy efficiency and

productivity improvements have delivered significant reductions in

carbon and energy intensity both year-on-year and since listing.

Carbon intensity has improved 25% and energy intensity 20% since

listing in 2021.

During the year, we recorded one

LA

level 3 environmental incident

compared to two in 2023. Our goal remains to learn from every

incident, prevent repeats and drive continuous improvement. This

means refining the way we work and leveraging technology to bring

about lasting progress.

One example of how we are harnessing technology is our

introduction of real-time dust monitoring to reduce operational

impacts on host communities. By measuring dust in real time and

sending instant alerts to site management teams, we have adopted

a much more proactive approach, leading to a sharp reduction in

exceedances.

![]()

25

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

As a business, we take pride in our efforts to conserve water and

reduce our reliance on freshwater sources. Our eMalahleni Water

Reclamation Plant continued to alleviate pressure on severely

constrained municipal reservoirs and met 16% of the municipality’s

daily water demand in 2024. Our operations achieved a water

reuse and recycling rate of 97%

LA

.

We are making progress with our nature-based solutions and they

are yielding positive results. We have planted over 250,000 trees as

part of our phytoremediation programme and are also undertaking

a techno-economic feasibility study to determine the plausibility of

scaling up our passive treatment demonstration plant at suitable sites.

We approved a non-mineral waste policy based on the waste

hierarchy – avoidance, reduction, reuse, recycling, recovery and

treatment, with disposal as a last resort.

A RESPONSIBLE SOCIAL PARTNER

We differentiate ourselves through the positive impact we make

in host communities. This is what we refer to as ‘spiking on the S’

in ESG. In early 2024, we launched the R160 million Thungela

Education Initiative, a five-year partnership with the Department of

Basic Education aimed at improving the educational outcomes of

learners at 45 primary schools.

Focused on the foundation to intermediate phase (Grade R to Grade

4), the initiative supports children through critical learning and

developmental transitions. By strengthening the quality of education

at these key stages, we are helping to build a foundation for long-

term success.

As our mines approach closure, we are committed to diversifying

local economies and reducing community dependence on our

operations. Through our Thuthukani ESD programme, we are

providing local people with business skills training, mentorship,

technical enablement, and facilitating access to loan funding at

preferential rates. A major milestone in 2024 was the signing of a

R200 million co-funding agreement with Absa to enhance access

to finance for SMMEs in our host communities. This initiative helps

emerging enterprises overcome funding barriers, secure contracts,

and ultimately drive economic growth beyond mining.

The Nkulo Community Partnership Trust delivered its first two

projects during the year, with several more planned for 2025. The

Trust received R102 million in 2024, demonstrating Thungela’s

commitment to sharing value with our stakeholders.

The economies of host communities in the areas we operate are

deeply tied to coal mining, steel production, and coal-fired power

generation, making them highly reliant on these industries for

employment and economic stability. As the global shift towards a

low-carbon future accelerates, these communities face significant

challenges, compounded by the fact that many regional mines and

power stations are approaching the end of their operational lifespan.

To strengthen their resilience, we are adopting a holistic approach

to mine closure planning that prioritises social transition. Our goal

is to work alongside communities to create regenerative landscapes

that support long-term economic opportunities.

COAL IN TRANSITION

Balancing the world’s immediate energy needs with long-term

sustainability goals requires a nuanced and pragmatic approach

– one that accounts for economic realities, technological

advancements and social impacts.

Despite global efforts to enforce a rapid transition to cleaner energy

sources, coal demand is expected to remain at near-record levels

over the next five years, driven by the burgeoning demand for

electricity.

According to the International Energy Agency, global demand

in 2024 grew 1.2% to reach a record 8.8 billion tonnes, driven

primarily by increased consumption in China and India. Coal is

forecast to represent 35% of the energy mix in Southeast Asia by

2030 and is expected increase still further to 49% a decade later.

Meanwhile, wind and solar PV are experiencing remarkable

growth, having contributed approximately 13% to global electricity

generation in 2023. Current projections indicate that by 2030,

wind and solar PV will account for 30% of the global electricity

demand with renewable sources such as hydropower and bioenergy

increasing this to 46%.

Energy security, economic stability and industrial dependence – not

to mention the current geo-political landscape, present constraints

that cannot be ignored. Meeting today’s energy demands and

preparing for a low-carbon future requires acknowledging these

complexities and exploring solutions that will avert the consequences

of a hasty and disorderly retreat from coal.

Phasing out coal is accompanied by several inconvenient truths that

are often overlooked. Due to their lower average load factors and

intermittent output, variable renewable energy sources cannot alone

fully address our global energy challenges. We should not forget

that coal is also a critical input in producing many of the materials

needed for renewable energy systems. As industries explore ways

to reduce emissions, alternative methods are emerging but, for now,

coal continues to underpin key sectors of the energy transition.

Over and above the fundamental requirement for baseload power

and the grid stability concerns brought about by the increasing

contribution of variable renewable electricity, we cannot ignore the

inevitable economic and social disruption that would come with an

exit from coal.

In developing countries – which already suffer under the burdens of

unemployment, poverty and inequality, the impact would be severe,

exacerbating economic hardship, deepening social instability, and

limiting still further, opportunities for development.

These harsh realities make it clear why coal remains a vital

commodity in many parts of the world, yet the fact remains: a shift is

needed. 2024 was the hottest on record, with global temperatures

averaging 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels. This unprecedented

heat contributed to a series of extreme weather events, ranging from

searing drought in Italy, Greece and Spain to floods in other parts

of Europe, Nepal and Sudan, and cyclones in the United States and

Philippines.

![]()

26

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

We fully support the goals of the Paris Agreement and stand behind

COP 28’s emphasis on a just, orderly and equitable transition.

This includes the need to accelerate efforts to reduce reliance on

unabated coal power.

The answer, we believe, lies in the wider utilisation of technologies

that will allow coal, still the most abundant and affordable fuel

source available, to fully align with environmental sustainability.

That way, it can continue to support economic growth while

reducing its impact on the planet. This means accelerating efforts

to reduce emissions and improve efficiency. Technologies that are

available today can abate up to 99% of emissions. These include

innovations such as supercritical and ultra-supercritical coal-fired

plants, integrated gasification combined cycle systems, fluidised bed

combustion and carbon capture, utilisation and storage (CCUS).

CCUS saw significant growth in 2024, with 50 facilities now in

operation and 44 more under construction which, combined, will

store over 100 million tons of carbon dioxide per annum. During the

year, we signed a memorandum of understanding with the Council

for Geoscience to advance research into CCUS in South Africa.

The council has concluded the first phase of its Leandra CCUS

project, where scientists have determined that 34 billion tonnes of

carbon could be safely stored in relatively small, deep geological

formations. It believes that this capacity could sustain the region’s

coal industry for more than 100 years.

RESPONSIBLE AND ETHICAL GOVERNANCE

We operate with integrity, accountability, and maintain a focus on

long-term sustainability. By upholding the highest standards, we build

trust with our stakeholders, navigate evolving regulations, and create

an environment where responsible business practices thrive. Ethical

leadership helps us prevent risks. More than that, it ensures our ESG

commitments lead to real impact—not just words. As we continue

to grow, we remain committed to balancing business success with

social and environmental responsibility, in the knowledge that strong

governance drives resilience, innovation, and long-term value.

I invite you to read this, our fourth Environmental, Social and

Governance Report, and welcome your feedback.

#### July Ndlovu

#### Chief executive officer

23April 2025

26

![]()

27

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

27

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

28

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Our materiality approach is driven by material matters that significantly influence our ability to create and preserve value over

the short, medium and long term. We apply the double materiality lens in our materiality assessment. This allows us to identify

material matters that have a significant bearing on enterprise value (financial materiality) as well as the broader impact we have

on society and the environment (impact materiality).

Workshops are conducted annually, involving senior internal stakeholders representing a diverse range of functions in the

business. The process culminates in material matters being identified, prioritised and grouped into key themes based on the double

materiality lens, which takes into account financial materiality and impact materiality. The material matters identified during the

workshops are reviewed by the Group executive committee and proposed to the board for final approval.

THE MATERIALITY DETERMINATION PROCESS

### MATERIAL MATTERS

Identification: External and internal analysis, stakeholder engagement, and a review of

global, local and industry-specific matters

1234

Impact assessment: Internal stakeholders evaluate the impact by applying the double materiality lens

Prioritisation: Ranking discussed in a multi-disciplinary material matters workshop

Integration: Review and approval of the matters solidifies alignment with our strategic priorities

28

![]()

29

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### MATERIALITY MATRIX

#### Material matters ranked by relevance for Thungela and its stakeholders

1

2

3d 3a

3b 3c

4a

4c

4b

5

6a 6b

Thungela

Safety Eliminating fatalities

Rail infrastructure Reliability of rail infrastructure (TFR)

Stewardship a.  Responsible mine closure and

environmental provisions

b.  Engaging our employees

c.  Empowering sustainable communities

d.  Complying with regulation and

practising good governance

Capital allocation

and shareholder

returns

a.  Driving business resilience

b.  Maintaining production profile

c.  Price and foreign exchange

Growth Successfully integrating and ramping up of

Ensham

Climate change a.  Reducing operational GHG emissions

(Scope 1 and 2)

b.  Executing on our pathway to net zero

1

2

3

4

5

6

KEY MATERIAL

THEME

MATERIAL MATTER

The most recent workshop resulted in the identification of 12 material matters,which are grouped into six overarching themes.

#### KEY MATERIAL THEMES

![]()

30

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Material matter Impact on value creation Our response

Eliminating fatalities All employees and contractors return

home safely every day

Introduced safety as a standalone

strategic pillar to reinforce it as our first

value

Safety is included as a metric on

the business performance scorecard

and is a metric that is included for all

employees as a performance measure

Developed a safety strategy

Link to strategy Link to top 10 key residual risks UN SDG

Safety

Employee safety and health

Material matter Impact on value creation Our response

Reliability of rail infrastructure in South

Africa (TFR)

The performance of rail networks

operated by TFR materially affects our

ability to export coal to customers

Created additional stockpile capacity,

utilising physical infrastructure

advantages, such as rapid load-out

terminals

Managed stockpile capacity with free-

on-truck sales

Engaged industry and supported TFR

through the procurement of batteries

and locomotives as well as signalling

and security interventions

Link to strategy Link to top 10 key residual risks UN SDG

Maximise the full

potential of our

existingassets

Create future

diversification options

Coal transport networks

#### SAFETY

#### RAIL INFRASTRUCTURE

![]()

31

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

Material matter Impact on value creation Our response

Responsible mine closure and

environmental provisions

Our proactive approach in going

beyond compliance impacts

financial performance and

our reputation. Our purpose is

intrinsically linked to our social

licence to operate

An integrated approach to mine closure

planning

Execution of concurrent rehabilitation and

closure plans

Understanding the impact of the National

Environmental Management Act (NEMA)

Financial Provisioning Regulations

Achieving our ESG scorecard targets

Cash collateralisation of environmental liability

over time

Engaging our employees The value of engaged employees

is evidenced in higher

productivity and improved

performance

Enhancing value for employees through the

Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme

Fostering a high-performance and inclusive

culture that drives performance through the

contributions of diverse people

Recognised as a ‘Top Employer’ in South Africa

Empowering sustainable

communities

Community investment aligns

with our purpose and is linked to

reputational value

Enhancing value for communities through the

Nkulo Community Partnership Trust

Preferential local procurement

Enterprise and supplier development through

Thuthukani

Community projects as part of Social and

Labour Plans and corporate social investment

Complying with regulations and

practising good governance

Compliance with regulatory and

governance practices is key to

ensuring the Group’s operational

and financial position, and

maintaining our reputation with

stakeholders

Evolving governance frameworks

Enhancing risk management and internal

controls

Independent board evaluation

Code of Ethics training

Compliance awareness across multiple

jurisdictions

Link to strategy Link to top 10 key residual risks UN SDG

Drive our ESG

aspirations

Environmental management

Employee safety and health

Community relations

Legislative risk

#### STEWARDSHIP

![]()

32

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Material matter Impact on value creation Our response

Driving business resilience Long-term growth and profitability Reaffirming our commitment to the

dividend policy and capital allocation

framework

Maintaining adequate balance sheet

flexibility, including an appropriate

liquidity buffer

Reserving cash for the execution of key

life extension projects

Share buybacks

Maintaining production profile Impact on the Group’s operational and

financial performance, as well as the

credibility of management

Productivity improvements at Ensham

and at our South African operations

Extended life of mine and the

competitiveness of the South African

portfolio with the Elders and Zibulo

North Shaft projects

Price and foreign exchange  Impact on earnings and cash flow Thungela Marketing International

commenced with the marketing

functions of our South African and

Australian assets

Maintain appropriate cash buffer

Link to strategy Link to top 10 key residual risks UN SDG

Maximise the full

potential of our

existingassets

Commodity price and foreign

exchange rate fluctuations

Create future

diversification options

Optimise capital

allocation

#### CAPITAL ALLOCATION AND SHAREHOLDER RETURNS

![]()

33

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

Material matter Impact on value creation Our response

Reducing operational GHG emissions

(Scope 1 and 2)

Costs to meet intermediate emission

reduction target

Reducing carbon intensity of existing

operations annually

Improving ESG performance

Executing on our pathway to net zero  Declining coal demand in the long

term

Developing a detailed climate strategy

and pathway to achieve net zero by

2050

Setting intermediate emission reduction

target for 2030

Increased ESG and climate-

related disclosures, including the

recommendations of the TCFD

Link to strategy Link to top 10 key residual risks UN SDG

Drive our ESG

aspirations

ESG and climate change

Environmental management

#### CLIMATE CHANGE

Material matter Impact on value creation Our response

Successfully integrating and ramping

up of Ensham

Geographic diversification strengthens

our business and resilience, positively

impacting our operational and

financial performance and benefiting

our stakeholders

The benefits of Ensham’s full integration

include system standardisation

and consistency in reporting and

operational practices

Link to strategy Link to top 10 key residual risks UN SDG

Create future

diversification options

Strata and geotechnical failure

#### GROWTH

![]()

34

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Environmental stewardship  36

Air quality  39

Waste management  41

Water management  46

Climate change and energy  52

Mine closure and rehabilitation  74

Biodiversity  79

## ENVIRONMENT

34

![]()

35

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

2

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

35

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

36

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### ENVIRONMENTAL

### STEWARDSHIP

We are committed to sound environmental stewardship and strive to use natural resources

responsibly, to minimise the impacts of our operations on surrounding communities and the

environment, and to carefully restore landscapes for sustainable use.

#### MANAGEMENT APPROACH

Our overall goal is zero harm, not just in safety and employee health, but also in our interactions with the natural environment. We have

ESG targets for water, waste, biodiversity, and climate change to uphold our commitment to responsible stewardship of natural resources,

while minimising environmental risks to host communities.

We aim to surpass legal requirements and ensure that the benefits of our activities substantially outweigh their negative impacts. Our

operations are guided by our safety, health and environment (SHE) policy, standards and guidelines, which are premised on the precautionary

principle. These – together with our ISO 14001:2015 certified environmental management systems at each operation

1

– ensure we have

processes in place to identify and assess potential risks and impacts, implement mitigation and management measures, and apply monitoring

and evaluation programmes to avoid and, where we cannot prevent, manage potential impacts.

This section outlines our commitments, progress and approach to:

Key elements in our approach include efficient resource use, the protection of biodiversity, waste management, land stewardship and

restoration, water management, community engagement, compliance with regulations, and the use of innovative technologies that

minimise our environmental footprint.

If not managed with the utmost care, our mining activities may result in adverse environmental impacts:

(page 46)

WATER

MANAGEMENT

(page 52)

CLIMATE

CHANGE AND

ENERGY

(page 74)

MINE

CLOSURE AND

REHABILITATION

(page 79)

BIODIVERSITY

(page 41)

WASTE

MANAGEMENT

(page 39)

AIR QUALITY

1

Ensham mine has not been ISO 14001:2015 certified.

•  Water consumption or withdrawal from surface and

underground sources within our community catchments,

which could deplete a shared resource.

•  Environmental incidents, including spillages of

hydrocarbons and mine-impacted water, which could

pollute surface and groundwater sources, impact

aquatic life, fauna and flora, and land and soils.

•  Dust from our mineral residue facilities, blasting and

roads, which could have a negative effect on ambient

air quality.

•  Noise and vibration from blasting activities that may

impact neighbouring communities.

•  Disturbance of land for mining activities that can impact

biodiversity and livelihoods post-mining.

![]()

37

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

APPROACH

Each of our mines is governed by environmental permitting and licensing conditions and commitments tied to the management of their

impacts. Adherence to these is paramount as failure to comply could jeopardise their legal and social licences to operate. To ensure strict

compliance, sites undergo rigorous internal and third-party audits on an annual basis. External audits are conducted by independent

consultants and regulatory bodies that assess compliance and pinpoint gaps to inform the development and implementation of action

plans to rectify shortcomings.

Audit findings and their action plans are documented on our integrated SHE management platform and progress on remedial actions is

reported to the SHE steering committee, executive committee and the relevant regulatory authorities.

Delays experienced in the processing of environmental authorisations by the Department of Mineral and Petroleum Resources (DMPR)

and the Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS) are one of our key business risks.

Members of our environmental function continually engage with authorities to discuss pending applications. They also participate in the

Minerals Council South Africa’s environmental committee which discusses and addresses generic permitting and licensing challenges.

No

repeats

Simple,

non-negotiable

standards

A zero-

harm

mindset

Our SHE policy is founded on the

following three pillars:

Eliminating, avoiding, minimising, mitigating, remediating or

rehabilitating, and offsetting impacts that arise from our activities,

products and services.

A ZEROHARM MINDSET

Learning from every incident, audit finding and non-conformance to

prevent repeats.

NO REPEATS

Using simple, non-negotiable systems and standards to achieve legal

compliance, as a minimum.

SIMPLE, NONNEGOTIABLE STANDARDS

The findings of the National Environmental Management Act (NEMA) Regulation 34 audits on all operations are published on our website:

https://www.thungela.com/esg/environmental-compliance.

#### ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE AND INCIDENTS

![]()

38

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Total number of

environmental incidents

2023: 404

181

Level 3 to 5 incidents

2023: 2

1

LA

#### PERFORMANCE

In 2024, we recorded 181 environmental incidents (cumulative total) compared with 404 in 2023. Previously, non-conformances and

hazards were reported as ‘incidents’, when in fact they were concerns that could lead to an incident if not addressed. These are now

categorised as ‘environmental hazards’ or ‘non-conformances’ on our environmental management system. This approach was trialled

at Isibonelo and Mafube in 2023 and rolled out to other operations last year, resulting in the substantial decrease in incidents recorded.

In 2024, we recorded 253 environmental hazards and non-conformances.

The majority of level 1 and 2 incidents recorded throughout the year were attributed to overflows and leaks involving mine-impacted

water, hydrocarbon spills in refilling stations and workshops, incorrect waste storage and disposal, silted water infrastructure and air

quality exceedances.

In 2024 we had one

LA

level 3 incident (2023: 2). This occurred when water from a seepage collection trench at the base of a mineral

residue facility overflowed into a neighbouring farm dam during an extreme rainfall event. The event was caused by the collection trench’s

reduced capacity due to siltation and the pump’s reduced throughput from cavitation. Immediate actions included the installation of a

diesel pump to move water from the trench to a pollution control dam (PCD), transferring water from the farm dam back to the mine’s

PCD, flushing the farm dam with clean water, and adding neutralisation blocks to the dam to address any residual acidity.

Subsequent action items involved the implementation of a de-silting regime for collection trenches, the installation of electronic monitoring

equipment at seepage collection compartments and trenches, and a review of the adequacy of critical controls. The DWS was notified

of the incident and no directives or fines were issued.

No level 4 or 5 incidents occurred in 2024.

Compliance audits were carried out by regulators at our operations during the year. No regulatory stoppages or pre-directives were

issued in South Africa or at Ensham.

#### LOOKING AHEAD

Many of our operations are in the process of renewing their integrated water use licences. We are engaging with the DWS on a case-

by-case basis.

![]()

39

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

Operational emissions such as dust, particulate matter and

greenhouse gases can negatively impact the environment and

human health. This is a material issue in South Africa, where

communities are in close proximity to some of our operations. We

limit our contribution to regional air quality challenges by both

modelling and monitoring air quality conditions and implementing

pre-emptive mitigation measures and critical controls.

#### OUR APPROACH

Our air quality emissions standard, together with our air quality

performance and emission guideline, provide a set of mandatory

operational requirements and targets for emissions, and are aligned

with national legislation. Sites perform self-assessments against the

standard on an annual basis.

We rolled out ElementAir dust and particulate matter monitoring

systems at all South African sites in 2023. The system is certified

to measure particulate matter (PM) down to 2.5 micrometres and

provides a live feed of priority pollutants while measuring wind

direction, wind speed, temperature, humidity and barometric

pressure, all of which help to pinpoint dust sources. Alerts are sent

to operational managers so that issues can be promptly dealt with.

Ensham does depositional dust monitoring on a monthly basis and

calculates contributions to PM

10

and PM

2.5

using conversion factors

as part of the National Pollutant Inventory submitted annually to

the regulator. Ensham is a remote mine, where the nearest town is

35km away, thus air quality is not as material as it is in the South

African context.

Multiple physical controls are implemented to reduce dust and

particulate matter. These include the use of chemical dust suppressants

on haul roads, scheduled water suppression on unpaved roads and

water sprayers at crushers, tipping and loading facilities. Unvegetated

overburden, topsoil stockpiles and rehabilitated areas can also create

dust. We therefore use hydroseeding — the application of seeds in

a mix of water and appropriate nutrients — to stimulate growth and

reduce dust.

To control spontaneous combustion, which is not only a source of

dust and other emissions, but is also a safety risk, we use water

sprayers and cladding of burning areas with inorganic material to

starve them of oxygen.

Additionally, water is used in drilling, while blasting is optimised to

reduce dust. We have a no-blasting rule in high wind conditions.

GOVERNANCE

Operations are responsible for the implementation of emissions

controls, reporting to authorities and engagement with stakeholders.

Interdepartmental social performance management committee

meetings ensure that community complaints are adequately addressed

at the right level. Site general managers take accountability for

dust and their performance scorecards include dust indicators. An

aggregated view of site and business performance is prepared for

internal monitoring and reporting to the SHE steering committee and

the board’s health, safety, environment and risk committee.

### AIR QUALITY

#### We aim to reduce emissions at source and make use of digital technologies to improve our

#### performance.

SO

2

tonnes generated

2023: 1.83

1.85

NO

2

tonnes generated

2023: 1,860

1,876

PM

2.5

exceedances

2023: 23

7

PM

10

exceedances

2023: 38

16

#### PERFORMANCE

![]()

40

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

During the year, we noted a marked reduction in PM

10

exceedances from

38 in 2023 to 16 in South Africa. Exceedances in PM

2.5

also declined

from 23 in 2023 to 7 in 2024. This was due to improved interrogation

of real-time data by management teams on site, which are notified via

mobile phone when exceedances are reached. Cameras situated at

strategic locations are contributing to an improvement in response times

and mitigation measures at Isibonelo.

We received 18 dust and blasting related complaints from surrounding

community members compared to 20 the previous year. All sites have

grievance mechanisms in place to capture, investigate and address

community concerns, including those relating to dust. Exceedances are

fully investigated through our learning-from-incidents process, and action

plans are developed to address their root causes.

Ensham does not currently have any opencast mining activities, although

rehabilitation activities can cause dust. Monitoring through the year

indicated that this was not a nuisance to sensitive receptors.

In 2024, we generated 1.85 tonnes of sulphur dioxide (2023: 1.83

tonnes) and 1,876 tonnes of nitrogen dioxide (2023: 1,860). These

emissions are generated during diesel combustion.

COAL BENEFICIATION

We pride ourselves on being a producer of high-quality, low-sulphur export coal. To ensure the quality of our product, we beneficiate

the coal we mine to remove undesirable elements.

Coal beneficiation entails the selective washing of run-of-mine coal to remove rock and undesirable elements in the combustion process.

These include contaminants found in poor grade coals with a high ash and sulphur content. This process enhances desirable qualities,

including carbon, for better combustion efficiency.

#### LOOKING AHEAD

In the year ahead, we will continue to monitor our real-time data and alerts, implementing corrective actions where necessary.

AIR QUALITY

40

![]()

41

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

Our commitment is to reduce the hazardous and general waste we send to landfill by 50% by 2030, using 2021’s volumes as a baseline.

We prioritise waste reduction, reuse and recycling, while pursuing circular economy solutions and opportunities for community upliftment.

#### OUR APPROACH

Our approach is guided by our non-mineral waste policy, which is based on prevailing legislation and the waste hierarchy – to avoid,

reduce, reuse, recycle, recover, treat and, as a last resort, dispose. The policy was approved in 2024. Our target applies to our South

African operations while opportunities to reduce waste to landfill at Ensham are under development, along with the establishment of a

baseline.

We are investigating enhancements to awareness campaigns that will drive behavioural change and build a waste-to-value culture.

Sites separate waste at source using different coloured bins, designated skips and cages and work with small, medium and micro-sized

enterprises in local communities for the collection of recyclables that are taken to buy-back centres and ultimately used in the manufacture

of new products. Suppliers have been asked to do away with unnecessary packaging and are, in many instances, contractually obliged

to remove waste materials from our sites. We are collaborating with the eMalahleni Local Municipality to reduce the illegal dumping of

waste in local communities.

HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

The management of hazardous waste is strictly regulated and controlled both at our operations and at the licensed hazardous facilities

that receive our waste. These are regularly audited by external parties. Hazardous waste can only be stockpiled on site for a limited

period before it must be sent to legal landfill. Disposal by reputable waste management service providers is tracked and safe disposal

certificates are kept. Each mine records the amount of waste disposed.

Bioremediation is used to treat hydrocarbon spillages rather than disposing of affected soil in hazardous landfill.

1

2023 values have been restated to include data from Ensham for the four months from the date of acquisition.

#### OUR PERFORMANCE

#### South Africa Australia

Non-hazardous waste

1, 4 31

Hazardous waste to legal

landfill (tonnes) - Group

(2023: 1,077)

1

1,0 92

LA

Non-hazardous waste to legal

landfill (tonnes) - Group

(2023: 1,840)

1

2,886

LA

Non-hazardous waste

1,455

Hazardous waste

827

Hazardous waste

264

### WASTE MANAGEMENT

#### NONMINERAL WASTE

2024 TOTAL WASTE TO LANDFILL (TONNES)

![]()

42

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

We have reduced waste to landfill in South Africa by 3.4% from a 2021 baseline of 2,332 tonnes. Non-hazardous waste to legal landfill

decreased slightly from 1,442 tonnes in 2023 to 1,431 tonnes in the reporting period, while hazardous waste to legal landfill fell to 827

tonnes (2023: 889 tonnes).

The addition of Elders and Zibulo North to our reporting framework meant that we did not see a significant decline in volumes. Improved

reporting from the eMalahleni Water Reclamation Plant also contributed to this, as did the clean-up of historical waste at certain mines.

Opportunities remain to enhance recycling and eliminate certain types of waste, such as single-use plastic bottles and oil drums through

the introduction of tanker deliveries. The closure of operations is expected to initially increase waste disposal during the decommissioning

process. Thereafter, waste sent to landfill is expected to decrease.

Sites have made a concerted effort to identify waste recycling opportunities, which reflects in the numbers below. The gumboot recycling

project at Zibulo, Greenside and Goedehoop has resulted in the cumulative recycling of more than eight tonnes of gumboots since 2021.

#### LOOKING AHEAD

We continue to explore recycling and reuse off-take solutions for certain challenging waste streams. Not all our waste can be recycled

or reused because the technology to do so is simply not yet available. We keep abreast of changes in waste management options and

will continue to engage with the relevant experts and authorities.

WASTE MANAGEMENT

WASTE RECYCLED

2024 2023 2022

Hazardous waste recycled 720 390 5

Non-hazardous waste recycled 1,785 1,683 1,534

Goedehoop has introduced reverse vending machines as an engaging way for

#### employees to make a positive impact on the environment by exchanging trash for "cash".

#### RECYCLING REVOLUTION

The partnership between the mine and green technology

company Imagined Earth began in July 2024 and has

received an enthusiastic response.

The vending machines accept any recyclable with a barcode

– glass bottles, cold drink cans, tins, plastic bottles, paper

packaging and milk and juice cartons. In return, rewards are

loaded into employees’ digital wallets and can be cashed

in as vouchers for data and airtime. To extend the impact

beyond the mine gate, employees are encouraged to bring

in their recyclables from home.

Since the initiative began, Goedehoop employees have

kept 254kg of recyclables out of landfills and prevented

four tonnes of carbon dioxide from being released into the

atmosphere.

The inspiration behind the initiative came from Isibonelo,

where employees diverted almost three tonnes of recyclables

from landfills in just under a year.

![]()

43

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

We are committed to the responsible management and storage

of mineral waste required to prevent impacts on health, safety,

the environment, communities, cultural heritage and infrastructure.

Mineral waste from coal processing includes low-quality discard

coal and fines. This waste is disposed of in engineered, licensed

facilities referred to as mineral residue facilities (MRFs). Coal MRFs

contain predominantly coarse coal discard and much smaller

volumes of fine coal slurry. Some facilities operate with dry co-

disposal of filtered fine and coarse discards.

The outer walls of MRFs are constructed with compacted coarse

coal discard and are substantially wider than conventional tailings

facilities in other commodities, making them more robust. Discard

in these facilities is also tightly compacted to prevent the ingress of

oxygen, which could result in spontaneous combustion. The risk of

a dam breach from an MRF is therefore extremely low.

We have four MRFs currently in operation, a number of inactive,

dormant or rehabilitated MRFs and 33 dams under our charge.

The biggest risks associated with MRFs and dams are inundation,

dam breaches, groundwater contamination, dust and spontaneous

combustion.

#### OUR APPROACH

Our approach to MRF and dam management is guided by the

Thungela Technical Standard for MRFs and Water Containment

Structures. This standard applies to all MRFs, water containment

and water diversion structures, either temporary or permanent

and is applicable throughout a facility’s life, from site selection

and early studies, through to design, operation, closure and

post-closure. Peer-reviewed by international specialists, the

standard guides the siting, safe design, monitoring, inspection

and surveillance of these structures and is followed as a minimum

practice.

Each MRF is evaluated and assigned a consequence classification

rating ranging from insignificant, minor and moderate to high

and major. These ratings determine the design, monitoring and

surveillance requirements of each structure and are reviewed every

year.

All dams are operated within the recommended factors of safety

and are monitored by an engineer of record (EOR). Dam breach

analysis and inundation studies have been carried out on all

facilities rated ‘high’ and ‘major’.

#### MINERAL WASTE

![]()

44

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### ASSURANCE AND GOVERNANCE

A competent person and EOR assurance on each facility’s structural integrity and works with operational personnel to ensure that disposal

takes place in line with design specifications. The EOR is a licensed professional who is legally responsible for the design, specifications

and overall engineering integrity of a specific facility. They assume primary responsibility for the engineering aspects and are accountable

for ensuring that the design meets applicable codes, standards, and regulations. They must also ensure that the relevant studies, risk

assessments, permits, incident registers, and emergency response and preparedness plans are in place.

Furthermore, an independent technical review panel made up of senior multidisciplinary specialists is mandated to conduct systematic

and ongoing reviews, particularly at facilities with ‘high’ and ‘major’ consequence ratings. This panel reviews the design, operating and

management systems and provides recommendations and assurance to the business.

GOVERNANCE PROCESSES AND OVERSIGHT OF ACTIVE FACILITIES INCLUDES:

•  daily and weekly oversight and inspections, all of which are logged onto our SHE management system by site personnel;

•  monthly monitoring and assessment of performance parameters for MRF discard deposition;

•  Monthly meetings with sites and contractors; and

•  Quarterly and annual EOR inspections and reporting, with actions tracked on our SHE management system.

#### REMINING OF MINERAL RESIDUE

#### FACILITIES

We are currently re-mining two active MRFs at Greenside and

Goedehoop. This process offers several benefits, including

maximising resource use by extracting coal and minerals. In

turn, this reduces the need for new mines, creates employment

opportunities and stimulates economic growth. Re-mining active

MRFs also frees up space for newly generated waste, minimising

the need for additional disposal sites and mitigating environmental

impacts such as soil erosion and water pollution.

#### LOOKING AHEAD

In 2025, we will continue to focus on compliance with our MRF

standard and external technical oversight through our technical

review panels. We will also review and update the consequence

classification ratings of dam structures to ensure that risks are well-

controlled and managed.

WASTE MANAGEMENT: MINERAL WASTE

![]()

45

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

45

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

46

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### OUR APPROACH

Our approach to water is guided by our water policy, the Thungela Water Management Strategy and a set of best-practice technical

management standards and guidelines that set out the minimum requirements for the business. These documents address all key aspects

of efficient water management, including water supply and security, hydrology and hydrogeology, mine dewatering, water collection,

storage, uses and discharge, water quality and potential environmental impacts. We also promote sustainable and socially responsible

water use throughout the mining lifecycle.

We do this by:

•  securing water without compromising access for other users;

•  preventing harm to the environment;

•  proactively engaging for effective water partnerships;

•  minimising risk to protect and enhance value, while not externalising impacts;

•  buffering operations against external water demand, costs and climate change; and

•  being open and transparent in our water management practices with all stakeholders.

### WATER MANAGEMENT

Our business is committed to the responsible use of natural resources

and to preventing pollution and degradation by exercising our duty

of care in respect of water quality.

Our South African mines are situated in the Olifants River catchment

in Mpumalanga, specifically in and around eMalahleni, Middelburg

and Secunda. According to the World Resources Institute (WRI)

Aqueduct Risk Atlas, these are all areas of high (Secunda) to

extremely high (eMalahleni and Middelburg) water stress. This is

due to historical coal mining impacts compounded by impacts from

agriculture, industry and sewage.

Ensham is located in the Nogoa River catchment, which forms part

of the Fitzroy Basin and is classified as a low-medium water-stress

area by the WRI.

Although we use water in our mining and processing activities, large

volumes of groundwater flow into operational areas, making our

mines water-positive. This means that we must manage excess water

by dewatering or through stormwater management to enable safe,

productive and environmentally sound operations.

Water is an increasingly precious resource that is essential to our operations, surrounding

communities and to the functioning of healthy ecosystems. We recognise access to clean,

reliable water as a fundamental human right.

![]()

47

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### VISION

To become a responsible water steward by enabling mining while seeking to

achieve no long-term net harm where we operate and reducing our long-term

liability through effective use of knowledge, partnerships and innovative technology.

Thungela Water Policy

Thungela Water Management Standard and Specifications

Site water management procedures

Applicable Thungela policies and standards

OPERATIONAL

EXCELLENCE

DRIVING

TECHNOLOGY AND

INNOVATION

PARTNERSHIPS

AND

ENGAGEMENTS

OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE

The operational excellence pillar of our strategy focuses on compliance with standards and regulations, best-practice water and discharge

management, and the rigorous management of data. It also promotes the implementation of the hierarchy of controls to enable mining

to be conducted in such a way that we avoid long-term harm.

All our sites have a risk-based water management plan that is informed by their water balance. These plans include the management of

excess water, a water quality monitoring programme for both underground and surface water, and an approach to dealing with mine-

impacted water. They regularly review and update their water balances so that they can adequately determine future treatment, storage,

conservation and recycling needs.

Sites undertake extensive water monitoring of both volumes and quality, with the latter extending to off-site water bodies to ensure that

mine-affected water does not impact the surrounding environment.

Although our mines are water-positive, we have set clear targets to reduce our use of freshwater, including water treated to potable

standards at our eMalahleni Water Reclamation Plant (EWRP), which provides clean water to the severely constrained local municipality

and catchment. We also conduct progressive rehabilitation to reduce the ingress of water into mine workings. Reuse, recycling and

treatment play an important role in minimising our use of imported clean water.

DRIVING TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION

We aim to reduce our long-term liabilities and ensure that the most sustainable and cost-effective water treatment solutions are

implemented by driving innovation and technology development in partnership with industry, academia and government. These solutions

seek to treat water to qualities that meet compliance criteria for discharge, support our social obligations and provide fit-for-purpose water

where appropriate. We are actively piloting and demonstrating nature-based water treatment solutions, which are described on page 50.

WATER MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

Our strategy ensures that we are a responsible water steward by enabling mining while seeking to achieve no long-term net harm. We

reduce our long-term liability through the effective use of knowledge, partnerships and innovative technology.

![]()

48

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

WATER MANAGEMENT

PARTNERSHIPS AND ENGAGEMENT

Water is a shared resource, which means that effective and regular

engagement with stakeholders is critical to our success. We interact

proactively with relevant government departments, catchment

management forums, communities and peers.

We also partner with various academic, government and industry

bodies to fuel innovation. These include the University of Pretoria,

University of the Witwatersrand, Mintek, the Technology Innovation

Agency, the Water Research Commission and the Water Institute

of South Africa.

WATER GOVERNANCE

The board’s health, safety, environment and risk committee has

oversight of water management and receives quarterly updates

on performance and water-related incidents from the executive

head of technical, who is accountable for water at an executive

committee level.

Each mine has a designated water lead responsible for ensuring the

implementation of our water standards and guidelines. Sites reduce

their reliance on fresh water by enhancing reuse and recycling

rates within their production cycles and prioritise minimising their

potential impacts on surrounding water courses. Water management

is incorporated into operational activities, sustainable closure

planning, and the design and development of new projects. These

planning cycles also consider potential water-related risks due to

climate change.

Significant focus is placed on monitoring and reporting, both

of which are aided by annual internal and external audits and

gap analyses. Annual internal audits are also carried out on the

implementation of the water management standard.

INTEGRATED WATER MANAGEMENT

South Africa is a water-stressed region, something that is likely to be

further exacerbated by increasing population growth, urbanisation

and the effects of climate change. As local communities live in close

proximity to several of our mines, we need to ensure that we do not

infringe on their right to a clean, safe and affordable water supply.

Although surface water is scarce, large volumes from groundwater

sources accumulate in mining areas. To ensure safe and productive

mining, this water must be pumped into PCDs and other storage

facilities before being either reused in production processes such

as coal washing and dust suppression or sent to the EWRP for

treatment. The EWRP has the capacity to treat up to 50 megalitres

(ML) per day.

A portion of the treated water is sent back to our Greenside,

Khwezela and Zibulo sites and centralised services departments for

reuse, while the balance is channelled into the severely constrained

eMalahleni Local Municipality’s reservoirs and into the water-

stressed upper-Olifants river catchment (2024: 827 ML). The mines

using water from the EWRP operate independently from the municipal

water grid.

The EWRP currently meets 16% of the municipality’s daily needs

and supplied 7,082 ML in 2024 (2023: 6,581 ML).

Water management at Ensham is focused on underground dewatering,

storing the sodium-rich mine-affected water in old opencast pits

and releasing it into the Nogoa River when the river is in flood, in

accordance with licence conditions . The mine has an allocation to

abstract fresh water from the Nogoa River for use underground as the

elevated sodium content in the mine-affected water renders it unusable

in underground machinery.

Freshwater abstraction

(South Africa)

2023: 369 ML

373 ML

Target: maintain water

reuse and recycling

levels above 75%

2023: 96%

97%

LA

Potable water abstraction

from the EWRP

2023: 1,255 ML

1,097 ML

LA

Target: treat 40% of

mine-impacted water

2023: 56%

64%

Level 3 incident

2023: 2 level 3 incidents

1

LA

#### OUR PERFORMANCE

![]()

49

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

Three of our South African operations, as well as Ensham in Australia,

use fresh water from external sources. The total freshwater abstraction

for the Group was 1,170 ML

LA

in 2024 compared to 718 ML in 2023.

The reason for the increase is that 2023 only includes Ensham data

from the date of acquisition of 1 September 2023.

To replace freshwater and EWRP abstraction targets, which ran until

2023, we set a new reduction target of 2.5% annually, relative to the

previous year.

After achieving a 64% reduction in freshwater abstraction in 2023

from a 2015 baseline across the South African operations, levels

remained relatively stable in 2024 at 373 ML (2023: 369 ML),

unfortunately not achieving the year-on-year target.

Greenside, Khwezela and Zibulo achieved their annual target by

bringing down their combined water-use 13% from 1,255 ML in 2023

to 1,097 ML

LA

in the reporting year.

Reuse and recycling rates increased to 97%

LA

in 2024 from 96% in

2023, exceeding our water efficiency target of 75% by a significant

margin.

Water treatment substantially mitigates of the risk of uncontrolled

discharge, particularly during periods of high rainfall. Through

treatment, we are able to manage water levels in our dams within

acceptable limits and convert mine-impacted water into potable

water. An overall treatment rate of 64% was achieved in 2024

against a target of 40%.

In 2024, Ensham withdrew 797 ML from the river for operational

use. Additionally, 2,538 ML of water was pumped from underground

workings. During the reporting year, Ensham discharged 292 ML into

the Nogoa River in line with its Environmental Authority discharge

licence.

We did not meet our target of zero level 3 (or greater) water

incidents. A level 3 incident occurred when water from a seepage

collection trench at the base of a mineral residue facility at Khwezela

overﬂowed into a neighbouring farm dam during an extreme rainfall

event. More detail on the event and corrective actions can be found

on page 38 under environmental stewardship.

This incident demonstrated the need for tighter control over dewatering

and rainfall readiness to ensure that containment facilities have

sufficient handling capacity, particularly as extreme rainfall events

become more frequent with climate change.

![]()

50

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### WATER TREATMENT

Mine-impacted water can be treated using both active and passive technologies aimed at mitigating water risks spanning a site’s entire

operational life and extending into the post-closure phase. Our approach to financial provisioning for water treatment aligns with

the NEMA Financial Provisioning Regulations which require costs to be based on currently available technologies that the DMPR has

approved, based on evidence that it is able to consistently achieve the discharge requirements. Thungela is actively working to prove the

efficacy of passive treatment technologies in collaboration with academia and the relevant government departments.

On 1 February 2024, the Minister of the DFFE gazetted a notice to defer the transition date of the NEMA Financial Provisioning Regulations,

however a revised date was not published. Mining companies will not be required to comply with the NEMA Financial Provisioning

Regulations until a new transition date is published by the Minister.

NATUREBASED SOLUTIONS

Nature-based solutions offer a holistic and sustainable approach to water treatment as they address multiple environmental, social and

economic challenges simultaneously. By integrating natural processes into water management practices, we can improve water quality,

protect ecosystems and build resilient communities for the future. Water treatment facilities that use reverse osmosis technology will

continue to play a significant role in how we purify mine-affected water. However, they require full-time operation, ongoing maintenance

and significant chemical and energy inputs. Moreover, they are vulnerable to vandalism and theft, particularly in remote areas.

Nature-based solutions use natural processes that harness vegetation, soil and microorganisms to treat water. This approach requires

substantially reduced energy inputs and produces lower carbon emissions. They are more cost-effective and systems such as wetlands

and forests enhance the resilience of water treatment systems to the impacts of climate change, such as increased flooding, droughts and

water quality fluctuations. In addition, many nature-based solutions restore or preserve natural habitats which support the conservation

of biodiversity.

Years of research and development conducted in partnership with a variety of technology and academic partners have resulted in the

implementation of both engineered and natural solutions to address water treatment post-closure. These include phytoremediation,

biological sulphide reduction, and the restoration of wetland systems.

A large-scale phytoremediation project that will see our South African

business plant one million indigenous trees is a key component of our

long-term post-closure water management strategy.

Four tree species, including the Searsia lancea, or Karee tree, have

been selected for their ability to absorb mine-impacted water. These

trees are propagated at a purpose-built nursery at Greenside before

being planted at closing sites, including Khwezela’s Kromdraai mine.

To date, more than 140,000 trees have been planted at Kromdraai

alone, where, once fully implemented, the project will cover a total

area of approximately 350 ha. A team of 60 fieldworkers from the

local community is currently planting at a rate of approximately

2,000 trees each weekday, while the Greenside nursery has created

employment for 11 people from the local community. Over a quarter

of a million trees have been planted across our sites so far.

As they mature, the trees will form canopies reaching up to 8 metres

in height. Beyond their essential role in water management, they will

contribute to carbon sequestration and enhance biodiversity.

This initiative is being carried out in partnership with researchers from

the University of the Witwatersrand’s School of Animal, Plant and

Environmental Sciences.

PHYTOREMEDIATION

WATER MANAGEMENT

![]()

51

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### LOOKING AHEAD

In 2025, we will continue to focus on the rollout of our phytoremediation project at key sites, the development of additional wetlands at

Goedehoop using Dongalock™ technology and, pending approval from the DWS, the initiation of an irrigation trial at Isibonelo using

sodium-rich water. A techno-economic assessment of the biological sulphate reduction passive treatment plant will be carried out to

determine the feasibility of scaling the plant up for field application.

Ensham will be investigating a water treatment facility to improve its water efficiency and reduce the volumes of water extracted from

the Nogoa River.

We are also continuously working to improve our water data quality.

Another nature-based solution we are trialling is biological sulphate reduction. A 50,000-litre per day passive water treatment facility

that uses this technology has been operating continuously since 2023. This facility treats acidic, sulphate-rich water to produce a product

suitable for agricultural use.

Developed in collaboration with the Technology Innovation Agency, Mintek, the South African Department of Science and Technology,

The Moss Group and the University of Pretoria’s Faculty of Natural and Agricultural Sciences, cloSURE® technology uses bacteria to

remove sulphate, neutralise water and eliminate metals. Initial results show an 81% reduction in sulphate levels and a pH improvement

from 3.5 to 7.3.

Treated water is used in irrigation trials to assess its impact on soil and crop health and will continue for a full year to test seasonal crops.

By-products of the treatment process, including impure sulphur, are being explored as a fertiliser for sulphur-poor soils.

The project’s goal is to turn mine-impacted water into a valuable resource for agriculture on rehabilitated mine land. The passive nature of

the system means it requires minimal electrical input, no chemical additives and only occasional maintenance, which makes it a sustainable

and cost-effective solution for long-term water management.

BIOLOGICAL SULPHATE REDUCTION

![]()

52

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### CLIMATE CHANGE AND ENERGY

#### OUR POSITION ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND ENERGY TRANSITION

We support the goals of the Paris Agreement (Article 2), to limit the increase in the global average temperature to well below 2°C above

pre-industrial levels and pursue efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.

The world is moving into an ‘age of electricity’, where increased demand for electricity is expected to be six times the increase in overall

energy demand due to the growing uptake of electric vehicles, air conditioning, artificial intelligence and data centres. This trend further

entrenches the need for all sources of electricity generation, all low-carbon technologies and for the transition to low-carbon energy

systems to be just, orderly and equitable. We recognise the common but differentiated responsibilities and capabilities of domestic

economies in pursuit of climate objectives, and believe that actions to limit temperatures must support the United Nations Sustainable

Development Goals (UN SDGs), including sustained, inclusive economic growth and universal access to clean, affordable energy.

Energy security and affordability are essential measures that must be balanced with the rate of transition. Given the unique challenges

presented by the transition, we anticipate that it will not be linear and will depend heavily on individual countries’ ability to transition away

from fossil fuels in energy systems. Thermal coal for electricity generation remains a necessary source of energy in many of the markets

we serve. It provides grid stability and supports energy access and security, which, in turn, contribute to socio-economic development.

We continue to advocate for a technology- and fuel-agnostic approach to achieving the least-cost path to emission reductions.

1

International Energy Agency (IEA) (2024), World Energy Outlook 2024, IEA, Paris

https://www.iea.org/reports/world-energy-outlook-2024, Licence: CC BY 4.0 (report); CC BY NC SA 4.0 (Annex A).

As the world moves towards a low-carbon economy, we recognise the role we must

play in reducing our emissions and supporting the accelerated rollout of a fuel-agnostic,

technology-driven approach to reducing global emissions.

![]()

53

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

MINE CLOSURE AND RESPONSIBLE SOCIAL TRANSITION

Notwithstanding climate change, coalfields and power stations have finite lives. This is particularly relevant in South Africa in the Highveld

coalfields in the Mpumalanga region, where communities are heavily dependent on both mining and coal-fired power generation for

their livelihoods. A coordinated and strategic approach to social transition and diversification of the economy in this area is critical. A

multi-stakeholder approach is needed for this transformation to maximise the opportunities and mitigate the risks.

Engagement with national and regional governments, affected communities, workforces, trade unions and civil society groups to consider

options to address the socio-economic consequences arising from mine closure is vital to a just and orderly transition, and to creating

diversified economies that will persist in the long term.

Our vision is to collaborate with host communities to establish regenerative landscapes that create sustainable livelihoods through

economic diversification. We aim to leave a positive legacy through the integration of mine closure planning, with the repurposing of

rehabilitated land and the conservation of biodiversity for the benefit of communities and the environment.

We are investigating a wide range of post-closure land use options, with a view to developing a responsible mine closure strategy and

maximising our climate change opportunities.

#### GOVERNANCE

Thungela’s board has ultimate responsibility for promoting and safeguarding the business’s long-term success and for ensuring that the

company acts in the best interests of its stakeholders. The board has delegated responsibility for oversight of our climate-related impacts,

risks and opportunities to the health, safety, environment (HSE) and risk committee, while the social, ethics and transformation committee

(SETCO) has oversight of sustainability-related disclosures, including those related to climate change.

The HSE and risk committee's climate-related responsibilities include reviewing and monitoring progress on the Thungela pathway to net

zero and our 2030 target, and monitoring performance against key climate and energy indicators. Matters relating to climate change

are included in quarterly reports to the committee, and as standalone items on the agenda where necessary. The HSE and risk committee

chairperson provides a summary of the committee’s discussions to the board, which addresses the most material issues raised by the

committee.

The SETCO’s primary purpose is to ensure that we comply with the laws, codes and standards that apply in the running of a principled

and socially responsible business, focusing on ethics, stakeholder relationships, corporate citizenship, inclusion and diversity, human

rights, and social transition associated with mine closure and the transition of the globe to a low-carbon future.

![]()

54

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

CLIMATE CHANGE AND ENERGY

MARCH 2024

In March, the full-year performance for 2023 against carbon and energy intensity targets was

presented and discussed. Additionally, a presentation was given to the board on global progress on

carbon, capture, utilisation and storage (CCUS) based on the Global Carbon Capture and Storage

Institute (GCCSI) Global Status of CCS 2023 Report. Specific progress on CCUS in South Africa and

China, by China Energy and the China Huaneng Group, was provided. The board expressed interest

in the CCUS project in South Africa and how Thungela could be involved.

MAY 2024

Progress against carbon and energy intensity targets, energy efficiency projects implementation and

the status of the 4 megawatts (MW) solar photovoltaic (PV) plant at Zibulo was presented to the

board.

JUNE 2024

A board strategy session was held, and progress on the pathway to net zero — particularly short-

term activities — was discussed. Projections on the 2030 target of a 30% reduction in Scope 1 and 2

emissions from the 2021 baseline were presented and the company’s approach to Scope 3 emissions

discussed.

AUGUST 2024

Progress against carbon and energy intensity targets and energy efficiency project implementation

were presented and an update on the Zibulo and Elders 4 MW solar PV projects provided. There

was also a discussion on Ensham’s emissions and energy intensity as well as the implications of the

safeguard mechanism for Ensham with projections to 2030.

NOVEMBER 2024

A presentation was given on the Global Status of CCUS 2024 report published by the GCCSI

in October. The board was informed that a memorandum of understanding with the Council for

Geoscience was signed in September to formalise collaboration between Thungela and the council

on advancing CCUS research in South Africa.

An update was provided on progress against carbon and energy intensity targets, energy efficiency

and renewable energy project implementation.

MARCH 2025

The board was provided with an update on how the pathway to net zero had been updated to

reflect the progression to being a global company, including the removal of the South Africa-specific

inflection point related to energy security, which has stabilised in the last year.

An update on the revision of the 2021 Scope 1 and 2 emissions baseline to include Ensham, along

with updates to fuel combustion emission factors in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol and ISO

14064, were presented and discussed, together with projections of emissions profiles that include

Ensham to 2030 with respect to the 2030 target.

The full-year 2024 performance update on carbon and energy intensity targets, the renewable

energy strategy and the commissioning of the Zibulo 4 MW solar plant were provided. The

board was informed of and supported the intention to integrate the climate change report into the

environmental, social and governance report.

#### BOARD DISCUSSIONS ON CLIMATE CHANGE

![]()

55

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION

Our commitment to delivering on key priorities is reflected in our incentive structures. We hold our leadership team accountable for aligning

business practices with our climate change ambitions. A total of 10% of the value of their long-term incentive plan (LTIP) awards relates

directly to our decarbonisation and net zero journey. A further 10% of the LTIP relates to reducing freshwater abstraction, which is closely

linked with climate-related risk. for more information, please see the remuneration report on page 98 the Integrated Annual Report.

In addition, the bonus scheme outcomes for all employees are tied to the organisation’s performance, which includes annual energy

intensity reductions. This is factored into our annual short-term incentive scheme.

BOARD CLIMATE CHANGE CAPABILITY

All directors have timely access to the information required to discharge their responsibilities fully and effectively. Following appointment

and as required, directors receive training appropriate to their level of experience and knowledge. This includes a comprehensive, tailored

induction and individual briefings with members of the executive committee and their teams. The board has held briefing sessions with

key external and internal subject matter experts on various sustainability-related issues.

TRANSPARENCY AND DISCLOSURE

We believe that it is only through accurate and transparent reporting that shareholders, potential investors, lenders, business partners,

advocacy groups, communities and many other stakeholders can make an informed assessment of our business.

We published standalone climate change reports that are aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related

Financial Disclosures (TCFD) in 2022 and 2023. This year, we have integrated our climate-related disclosures into this report. Our

disclosures remain aligned with the recommendations of the TCFD and have been compiled with reference to the International

Sustainability Standards Board’s S2 disclosures. A TCFD index can be found in our ESG data book on the Thungela website: https://

www.thungela.com/investors/annual-reports.

We also participate in the CDP climate change and water disclosures and in 2024, maintained our ‘B’ rating for climate change and

received a ‘B-’ rating for our water disclosures.

We recognise the evolving interests and expectations of investors on our approach to climate change and continue to engage with them

on ESG- and climate-related issues.

ASSURANCE

We have internal and external review and assurance programmes in place to ensure that priority catastrophic and sustainability-related

risks (including climate-related risks) are identified and that adequate controls are in place.

Deloitte & Touche was commissioned to conduct independent, third-party assurance on selected ESG information in this report for the

financial year that ended 31December 2024. The full assurance statement can be found on page 167. Reasonable assurance was

performed on Scope 1 and 2 emissions and energy data and limited assurance was performed on Scope 3 emissions. Deloitte & Touche

issued an unqualified opinion and concluded that the key performance indicators in scope were prepared in accordance with the defined

reporting criteria and are free from material misstatement.

![]()

56

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### OUR CLIMATE CHANGE ADVOCACY POSITION

We are committed to being transparent about our political engagement. We prohibit political donations in any circumstances, either

directly or through third parties. We engage constructively with policymakers both directly and through industry associations to advocate

for our position on matters relating to climate change and our business. Any climate-related advocacy that we undertake or that is

undertaken on our behalf through a third party, such as an industry association, should be in line with the letter and the spirit of our stated

policy positions, and supportive of the goals of the Paris Agreement. We believe that effective policy is essential for providing the right

framework of drivers and incentives to encourage coordinated, efficient and equitable response measures. There may be times when

our views diverge from those of our trade association partners, in which instance we aim to ensure our views are noted and recorded.

We advocate for the accelerated deployment of all emission reduction technologies (per Article 10.2 of the Paris Agreement), including

coal abatement technologies such as high-efficiency, low-emission coal-fired power plants and CCUS. We also encourage the

development of low- and lower-carbon sectors such as renewables and gas, respectively. In all our climate advocacy activities, we are

committed to compliance, transparency and accountability.

We transparently disclose our memberships of industry associations. Each entry below explains why we are a member of that association,

any positions of responsibility that Thungela employees hold and our annual financial contribution. This disclosure enables interested

parties to review our memberships and raise any questions or concerns.

#### ADVOCACY

FUTURECOAL GLOBAL ALLIANCE

We are a member of, and currently hold the chairmanship of, FutureCoal, a think tank of

forward-focused participants across the coal value chain, driven to ensure that coal prospers

sustainably from producer to end user. It represents industry leaders committed to building a

sustainable pathway for the global coal value chain. FutureCoal recognises the objectives of

the Paris Agreement and acknowledges the global shift towards decarbonised energy systems.

However, coal remains responsible for 36% of global electricity production. It therefore

advocates for an inclusive all-fuels and all-technologies international policy framework to

support the sovereign rights of all coal-producing and consuming nations, and those nations

that genuinely seek to support them.

FutureCoal recognises that we must modernise and mobilise to demonstrate coal’s versatility as

a commodity that can provide long-term energy security, emissions abatement and sustainable

development in line with a number of the UN SDGs. The organisation engages with members,

governments and industry bodies to deliver the sustainable future that clean coal can bring to

both economic growth and everyday life.

FutureCoal is actively driving Sustainable Coal Stewardship (SCS), which provides a pathway

that supports extracting more value per tonne of coal. Value is determined and measured in both

economic and environmental benefits. SCS does not prescribe what abatement opportunities

should be adopted by any nation or company and encourages collaboration across the value

chain to advance a progressive, innovation- and technology- led coal industry. It supports

the right to choose and establish a coal ecosystem that includes options of efficiency, process

improvements, health and safety, emissions reduction including carbon abatement, waste

management and recycling, land rehabilitation, technology advancement and innovation. SCS

comprises a range of initiatives in pre-combustion, combustion and post-combustion phases.

In 2024, FutureCoal published a report entitled Roadmap for a Sustainable Coal Value Chain

that highlights the pivotal role of advanced coal technologies in today’s rapidly evolving

global landscape.

#### MEMBERSHIPS AND ASSOCIATIONS

![]()

57

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

MINERALS COUNCIL OF SOUTH AFRICA

We are a member of Minerals Council South Africa (MCSA), an organisation that advocates

for its members’ needs. It represents 73 members, comprising 90% of South Africa’s mineral

production by value across a range of commodities. The council takes on an advisory and

leadership role, monitors progress and provides support for climate change challenges,

promoting a just transition to a decarbonising economy and advancing the adoption of climate

change mitigation and adaption efforts.

MCSA and its members are committed to participating in a responsible transition to a net zero

carbon economy, prioritising climate resilient development. The MCSA board has adopted

individual member commitments, which include a requirement for members to develop a climate

change response with near-term (five to 15 years) Scope 1 and 2 emission reductions and net

zero emissions by 2050. Members must also collaborate with supply chain partners to reduce

Scope 3 emissions in their value chains and improve the transparency of their public reporting

relating to climate change.

MCSA has developed a Climate Change Framework for the mining industry to assist members

as they fulfil these commitments. The framework includes mitigation (reduction of Scope 1, 2

and 3 GHG emissions), adaption (risk mapping, planning for increased variability and intensity

in weather patterns and shifting portfolio to adapt to changing demand for minerals) and

just energy transition (minimising impact on employees, community engagement and public

awareness, ensuring procedural justice is achieved and refining mine closure planning to

account for the impacts of the energy transition).

Thungela provided technical comments on the adjustments to the emission factors for fugitive

emissions proposed by National Treasury in the Draft Taxation Law Amendment Bill, Draft

Sectoral Emission Targets for the mining sector, carbon budget allocations for the coal mining

sector and the draft discussion paper on phase two of the carbon tax.

BUSINESS UNITY SOUTH AFRICA

We participate in the Business Unity South Africa (BUSA) environmental sub-committee and

climate change working group in our capacity as a member of MCSA. BUSA’s members are

committed to working with government to move South Africa onto a path towards net zero and

build resilience to the impacts of climate change. One of BUSA’s strategic objectives looks at

the just transition towards low-carbon, climate-resilient and ecologically sustainable economies

and societies.

In 2024, we provided technical comments on adjustments to the emission factors for fugitive

emissions proposed by National Treasury in the Draft Taxation Law Amendment Bill, Draft

Sectoral Emission Targets for the mining sector and the draft discussion paper on phase two

of the carbon tax.

COAL INDUSTRY ADVISORY BOARD

The Coal Industry Advisory Board (CIAB) is an advisory board to the IEA and is made up of

a group of high-level executives from coal-related enterprises across the value chain. Its 26

members, including Thungela, are drawn from 13 countries that represent just under 80% of

global coal production and consumption. The CIAB’s role is to advise the IEA of developments

on various aspects of coal, including production, transportation, trade and utilisation. This

informs the IEA’s projections and advisory work with member governments.

Thungela took over the chairmanship of the CIAB in November 2024. We participated in a

work programme study focused on recent advances in CCUS using two case studies in China.

Workshops were held with the IEA during the year on grid stability and energy security, critical

minerals and advances in CCUS.

![]()

58

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

INDUSTRY TASK TEAM ON CLIMATE CHANGE

Thungela is a member of the Industry Task Team on Climate Change (ITTCC), which is a non-

profit association that includes a number of large companies. The organisation is supportive

of South Africa’s international commitments to meet its climate change goals and gradual

transition to a lower carbon economy. The ITTCC has commissioned studies on carbon pricing,

the just transition, GHG pathways scenario development, and a post-2020 climate change

mitigation system, among others, to input into policy development. The organisation encourages

the knowledge sharing of best-practice approaches adopted by ITTCC companies.

Thungela participated in monthly industry information sharing sessions, including discussions on

IFRS S2 reporting, carbon market mechanisms such as offsets and renewable energy credits,

adaptation, CCUS and updates on the latest developments in climate change science.

NATIONAL BUSINESS INITIATIVE

The National Business Initiative (NBI) is a voluntary coalition of South African and multinational

companies working towards sustainable growth and development. The NBI has multiple projects

and partnerships designed to help member companies build their capacity to respond, and

ultimately work collectively with government to develop solutions to climate change and

emissions mitigation in South Africa. The NBI is a regional partner to We Mean Business and

provides links with South African business and policymakers working on climate change and

business. The NBI represents South African companies who have signed up to commitments

by pledging their support for a low-carbon future. The NBI is also a local partner of the

CDP, which has successfully integrated climate change into mainstream business thinking. The

organisation informs members on how to respond to growing environmental and economic

risks and opportunities that arise from climate change, the just transition, biodiversity loss and

water security.

Thungela participated in NBI workshops and thought leadership sessions and provided input

on climate adaptation and resilience in industry, and European and United Kingdom carbon

border adjustment mechanisms.

ENERGY INTENSIVE USERS GROUP

We are a member and hold the chairperson’s position at the Energy Intensive Users Group

(EIUG), a voluntary and non-profit association established in 1999. The EIUG has a strong

technical background and engages with government departments on the need for a cohesive

approach to energy supply to ensure security of supply, stable pricing and a clear path forward

on policy, within a just transition framework. The EIUG works in collaboration with the ITTCC

and is fully committed to the transition toward a low-carbon economy. The EIUG aims to

ensure that this is done in a manner and within a timeframe that protects and maintains the

competitiveness of our economy. The group engages directly with government departments,

Eskom and the National Energy Regulator of South Africa.

EIUG co-hosted its inaugural conference in 2024 with the C&I Solar and Storage Summit.

The conference focused on various aspects of the South African energy industry, including the

importance of decarbonisation, energy security, demand side management, and a long-term

perspective on South Africa’s energy sector.

![]()

59

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### MEMBERSHIP FEES

We pay annual membership fees to industry associations, with the amount based on each association. We also pay extra fees for specific

projects when needed.

Association 2024 Membership (Rand million)

FutureCoal 1.9

Coal Industry Advisory Board 0.3

Industry Task Team on Climate Change Nil

National Business Initiative 0.22

Minerals Council South Africa 9.53

Energy Intensive Users Group 0.29

Business Unity South Africa N/A

As a large mining company, we face numerous risks, many of which

are volatile and uncertain. Managing these risks effectively requires

agile decision-making and effective risk management strategies

that mitigate exposure and harness available opportunities.

The board’s sub-committees oversee the integrated risk management

process and receive regular feedback from management on all

risk-related activities. They regularly assess all risk governance

structures and lines of defence to ensure that roles, responsibilities

and accountabilities for identifying, managing, mitigating, reporting

and escalating risks and opportunities within the business are

appropriately defined and responded to.

Climate risks are integrated into the baseline risk registers at all

sites, and are managed as part of the integrated risk management

process. Thungela’s risk management approach is described in

more detail on page 164 of this report and on page 34 of the

Integrated Annual Report.

UNDERSTANDING OUR EXPOSURE

TO CLIMATERELATED RISKS AND

OPPORTUNITIES

The future pathway of climate-related risks and opportunities

remains highly uncertain. We have used broad scenarios, as

defined by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)

and the IEA, as potential pathways (defined on page 60) to help

understand the potential risks and opportunities our business is

exposed to with respect to climate change over two timelines: near-

term (2030) and long-term (2050). This quantitative assessment

included an examination of relevant acute and chronic physical

climate risks, as well as market and regulatory risks, and changes

in exposure under various climate scenarios.

These are grouped into two categories:

• Transition risks: These relate to the potential impacts on product

demand, as well as impacts on the costs of production across

our value chain associated with regulatory, technological and

behavioural changes in the transition to a low-carbon economy.

• Physical risks: These relate to the potential impact on our

operations, supply chain and surrounding communities from acute

extreme weather events, as well as chronic shifts in climate patterns.

We address the resilience of our operations and host communities

by ensuring that our sites include climate risk as part of their

baseline risk assessments, and that our technical standards and

guidelines include climate risks and responses. Furthermore, we

aim to ensure that Social and Labour Plan (SLP) and corporate

social investment (CSI) projects address climate-related risks and

contribute to climate adaptation and resilience.

#### RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES

![]()

60

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

PHYSICAL

SCENARIO

1

RCP 8.5/SSP 5

~3.2

o

C – 5.4

o

C

RCP 4.5/SSP 2

~2.5

o

C – 2.7

o

C

RCP 2.6/SSP 1

~1.7

o

C – 1.8

o

C

Transition scenario

2

Stated Policies Scenario Announced Pledges Scenario Net Zero Scenario

Key outcomes

Physical risks dominate

•  Emissions are curbed based on

existing policies and announced

national commitments to reduce

emissions, but fall short of meeting

the Paris Agreement.

•  Continued use of fossil fuels and

energy-intensive activities.

•  Effects of climate change require

investments in adaptation

measures to protect assets,

infrastructure and communities.

Insufficient decarbonisation

•  Slow implementation of policies due

to political, institutional and societal

barriers.

•  The transition to a low-carbon

economy is disorderly, uncoordinated

and delayed.

•  Transition happens faster in certain

regions and slower in others, leading

to differences in regional policies

and implications on the cost of doing

business and global trade.

Transition risks and opportunities

dominate

•  Globally coordinated effort to

reduce emissions to net zero by

2050.

•  Accelerated transition to renewables

and electrification, and aggressive

regulations limiting the extraction

and use of fossil fuels in all major

economies.

Risks and

opportunities

•  Flood and extreme precipitation.

•  Extreme heat and wildfires.

•  Sea level rise.

•  Water stress.

•  Carbon pricing policies.

•  Energy policies.

•  Litigation risks.

•  Flood and extreme precipitation.

•  Extreme heat and wildfires.

•  Sea level rise.

•  Water stress.

•  Carbon pricing policies.

•  Regulatory risk.

•  Reputational risk and opportunity.

•  Flood and extreme precipitation.

•  Extreme heat and wildfires.

•  Sea level rise.

•  Water stress.

Projected coal

demand

•  Continued fossil fuel investments.

•  Slow decrease in demand for

fossil fuels.

•  Coal demand in 2030: 5,149

Mtce.

•  Coal demand in 2050: 3,828

Mtce.

•  Reduced fossil fuel investments.

•  Modest decrease in demand for fossil

fuels.

•  Coal demand in 2030: 4,539 Mtce.

•  Coal demand in 2050: 1,613 Mtce.

•  No oil, natural gas and coalfields

developed due to reduction in

demand.

•  Falls in fossil fuel prices due to lower

demand.

•  Coal demand in 2030: 3,024 Mtce.

•  Coal demand in 2050: 539 Mtce.

Thungela position Extended fossil fuel market Slow transition Accelerated decarbonisation

1

The physical scenarios are based on the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s (IPCC) Assessment Report (AR) 5 Representation Concentration Pathways (RCP) and AR6 Shared Socio-

economic Pathways (SSP).

2

These transition scenarios are based on those set out in the IEA’s World Energy Outlook, 2022.

Mtce: Million tonnes coal equivalent

THE SCENARIOS

Three types of physical risk climate scenarios capturing low, moderate and high emission futures were used for the analysis, applying the

IPCC’s AR5 Representative Concentration Pathways (RCP) and AR6 Shared Socio-economic Pathways (SSP) reports. These scenarios

align with those used for the transition risk analysis, which are based on the scenarios set out in the IEA’s World Energy Outlook (WEO),

2022. The combination of these formed the basis for the development of our approach to net zero.

![]()

61

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

CLIMATE CHANGE POLICY IN SOUTH AFRICA

South Africa has committed to net zero by 2050 and updated its mitigation targets, which represent a

significant progression from the first NDC. The country has committed to a fixed target for greenhouse gas

(GHG) emissions levels of 398–510 Mt CO

2

e by 2025, and 350–420 Mt CO

2

e by 2030.

Effective public policy is essential for providing the right framework of drivers and incentives to encourage

coordinated, efficient and equitable response measures by all stakeholders.

The Climate Change Act was signed into law on 23 July 2024. The purpose of the Act is to enable

the development of an effective national climate change response, and a long-term just transition to

a low-carbon and climate-resilient economy and society for South Africa in the context of sustainable

development. The Act proposes to assign carbon budgets to companies to ensure the country achieves its

NDCs. It also places a legal obligation on every organ of state to coordinate policies and programmes

to ensure that climate change risks and vulnerabilities are acted upon.

We have an approved carbon budget and pollution prevention plan for the period 2021 to 2025. Our

2023 pollution prevention plan progress report was approved by the Department of Forestry, Fisheries

and Environment (DFFE) in 2024. The mandatory Carbon Budget and Mitigation Plan Regulations will

exist under the Climate Change Act and are expected to be published for public comment before the

end of May 2025. A company will be required to prepare and submit a five-year GHG mitigation plan

to the Minister of DFFE for approval. Thungela continues to engage with the DFFE on the allocation of

carbon budgets to the coal sector.

We are liable to pay carbon tax on the fugitive methane emissions from our underground mines and have

a carbon tax forecast model based on legislation and anticipated carbon prices. This is incorporated into

discounted cash flow models for all projects.

Phase one of the carbon tax was extended to December 2025 and the second phase will take effect

from 1 January 2026. National Treasury released a draft Carbon Tax Discussion Paper for phase two

on 13 November 2024, with proposed adjustments to the tax-free allowances. Subsequent to public

consultation on the initial proposal, some of the changes initially proposed were revoked or tempered

during the 2025 budget speech. This included maintaining the current basic tax-free allowance until 31

December 2030 rather than reducing it as initially proposed, and a less extreme increase of the carbon

offset allowance from 5% to 10% for fugitive emissions rather than the 20% in the original proposal. The

carbon tax levy on fuel, which is included in the fuel price paid at the pump, increased to 11c for petrol

and 14c for diesel from April 2024.

CLIMATE CHANGE POLICY IN AUSTRALIA

The Australian Climate Change Bill was passed into law in September 2022. This legislates the country’s

commitment to net zero emissions by 2050 and a 43% reduction in emissions by 2030, from 2005 levels.

Each Australian state has set its own interim emission targets, with Queensland committing to a 30%

reduction by 2030 and a 75% reduction by 2035 from a 2005 baseline.

Several domestic programmes have been launched through the Clean Energy Regulator, including the

Safeguard Mechanism, which requires Australia’s largest GHG emitters (emitting more than 100 kt CO

2

per annum) to keep their net emissions below a baseline emission intensity, based on Scope 1 emissions.

Ensham is included in the Safeguard Mechanism and its baseline intensity was approved in 2024.

Entities are expected to achieve a 4.9% reduction in intensity annually until 2030. Safeguard facilities

that exceed or expect to exceed their baseline must manage their excess emissions. Australian carbon

credits or safeguard carbon credits can be surrendered to this effect.

Governments have responded to the climate crisis in various ways. We are directly exposed to the

climate-related policies, legislation and Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) in our countries

of operation and those of the markets we serve. NDCs are integral to the Paris Agreement and outline

each country’s targets to reduce national emissions.

#### TRANSITION RISKS

![]()

62

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

RISK DESCRIPTION OUR MITIGATION MEASURES

Policy and legal

New or more stringent carbon pricing mechanisms such as

carbon tax, emissions caps or limits on emissions intensity,

energy regulation, carbon trading and use of carbon offsets,

both in our host countries and in export destinations, may

increase the cost of production and reduce margins.

• We actively monitor changes in domestic and global policy relevant to

carbon emissions and engage with policymakers, either directly or via

industry associations.

• We are committed to achieving net zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2050,

and reducing these by 30% by 2030 from a 2021 baseline.

• A 4 MW solar plant at Zibulo was commissioned in 2024.

• We have reduced our carbon intensity at our South African operations by

25% since 2021 through the implementation of energy efficiency initiatives.

Changing regulations may impact our ability to obtain, or

delay, necessary project permitting approvals.

• We provide transparent disclosure on our climate change position and

strategy.

• We integrate climate change considerations such as decarbonisation, the

use of renewable energy and climate adaptation into permit applications.

Increase in litigation in which climate change and its impacts

are a contributing or key consideration.

• We monitor legal developments and seek advice on these as necessary.

The Mpumalanga region is heavily dependent on coal

mining for employment, both directly and indirectly.

Increased carbon pricing and regulatory mechanisms

as described above may impact our employees and

communities through job losses and reduced total

procurement spend.

• We continuously train and upskill our workforce using programmes that are

recognised across the mining industry.

• Our operations offer a range of mining and non-mining skills training

programmes to unlock employment opportunities for young local people

who do not have the financial means to further their education. Read more

on page 110.

• We have identified four socio-economic impact goals, two of which aim

to reduce the reliance of communities on coal mining for their livelihoods

by improving access to income generating opportunities and incorporating

a green economy lens into our enterprise and supplier development

programme, Thuthukani.

• With several of our operations approaching their end of life, there are

opportunities available through intentional planning and collaboration

to repurpose rehabilitated areas to create sustainable businesses and

economic diversification, where this will not contravene our obligations for

site restoration, for the benefit of the communities surrounding our mines.

• The Nkulo Community Partnership Trust, which received R102 based on our

2024 performance, will make a meaningful and lasting impact on the lives

of host communities.

![]()

63

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

RISK DESCRIPTION OUR MITIGATION MEASURES

Market changes

In response to ongoing decarbonisation of global energy

supply, there may be a structural decline in global demand

for thermal coal, which may in turn drive downward pressure

on global coal prices. Over time, coal’s share of primary

energy demand is expected to decline.

The global coal market is however dynamic and subject to

changes in the geopolitical and energy landscapes.

• We have committed to net zero by 2050, and have developed a scenario-

based approach to achieve this. Our scenario-based approach provides

two distinct pathways informed by the climate scenarios and provide us with

a framework for agile decision-making.

• Our strategy and investment evaluation criteria are designed to optimally

balance responsible stewardship with the need to upgrade our portfolio and

create shareholder value.

• Our buy-versus-build strategy using investment evaluation criteria ensures

that new carbon units are not added to the global footprint through

greenfield projects.

• We focus on producing high-quality export coal with improved energy

efficiency and lower pollutant content that is better suited to shifting

customer needs.

• We advocate for a technology agnostic-approach to decarbonisation,

which includes abatement of emissions from coal combustion. Given the

continued increase in global coal demand, technologies such as CCUS are

becoming increasing critical to achieving the goals of the Paris Agreement.

• We signed a memorandum of understanding with the Council for

Geoscience to collaborate on advancing CCUS research in South Africa.

• We completed detailed scenario analysis within our key export markets to

test our portfolio’s resilience, and to inform future strategic decision-making.

We revisit this as needed and monitor market drivers closely.

Reputation

Availability of, and access to, financing and key services

such as insurance may reduce, and the cost of these services

may increase.

• We are now fully self-insured in South Africa where we have contributed

R1.5 billion to a self-insurance structure. In Australia, we are covered by the

traditional insurance market.

• The R3.2 billion facilities with two South African banks with whom we have

had a long-standing relationship have been extended until 2028. These

facilities strengthen our balance sheet as we continue to migrate our capital

structure in a manner that would enhance returns to shareholders over time.

In addition, this seeks to provide sufficient liquidity to complete our capital

projects and to navigate uncertainty across a number of external factors.

Changing stakeholder expectations and lack of acceptance

over the role of high-quality coal in supporting the transition

to a lower carbon future may impact our industry’s

reputation and delay the environmental permit approval

process.

• We are committed to transparent disclosure and engage with our key

stakeholders on climate change and broader ESG issues in a clear,

meaningful and transparent manner.

• We are committed to fulfilling our purpose and being responsible miners.

Our performance since we listed has demonstrated our commitment as

reflected in our environmental, social and governance report and the

favourable ESG ratings received in 2024.

![]()

64

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

RISK DESCRIPTION OUR MITIGATION MEASURES

Physical (chronic)

Sea level rise

The frequency of the current 1-in-100-year storm surge event

at Richards Bay is projected to become more frequent across

moderate (1-in-18 years) and high (1-in-11years) emissions

scenarios by 2050. This may cause increased exposure to

coastal inundation and potential damage to port facilities,

which may cause delays to product transportation or

damage to port infrastructure.

• Richards Bay Coal Terminal has emergency preparedness and response

systems as well as meteorological monitoring and early warning systems in

place.

• The Port of Gladstone has a sustainable maintenance dredging strategy

as part of their 2050 long-term sustainability plan. Dredging assists

with climate resilience by maintaining the depth of navigation channels,

allowing ships to access the port even as sea levels rise due to climate

change, preventing disruptions to trade and supply chains, and enabling the

potential for beneficial reuse of dredged sediment to protect coastlines from

erosion and enhance coastal ecosystems.

Increased average rainfall

Total annual rainfall is projected to increase across all

scenarios by 2050. This may cause operational disruptions

due to flooding and inability to access mine workings, and

increase operational costs associated with managing water.

The risks to communities of increased rainfall may include

discharge of mine-impacted water, increased occurrence of

sinkholes or subsidence, disruptions to transportation due to

road damage, which in turn may undermine food security.

• Our water management strategy considers potential climate change-related

risks.

• We review our water balances annually and proactively manage water on

site. We track and report site water withdrawals, consumption, discharges

and reuse/recycling, and water treatment in line with the ICMM and the

Minerals Council of Australia Water Accounting Framework.

• We undertake annual rainfall readiness reviews and have developed trigger

action response plans (TARPs) to address excess rainfall.

• We monitor and track the magnitude and frequency of climatic events and

we are working towards building a central repository for this data.

• We undertake annual reviews and audits on the integrity of our mineral

residue facilities and dams.

• Areas that are at risk for subsidence or sinkholes are fenced off and

declared ‘red areas’ and are inaccessible to communities and employees

alike.

• We have an integrated emergency preparedness response plan that

considers the potential effects of catastrophic events at sites, including those

that may be associated with climate change.

Increased drought

Increase in the number of consecutive dry days may place

additional pressure on the already water-stressed catchment.

• We have reduced freshwater consumption at our South African operations

by 64% since 2015.

• We maximise water efficiency by reusing and recycling water in our coal

processing plants using thickeners and filter presses. We achieve reuse and

recycle rates of approximately 96% annually.

• The EWRP can treat up to 50 ML per day of mine-impacted water and

provides potable water to the local municipality. The EWRP supplied 16% of

the municipality’s needs in 2024.

• In South Africa, we have included criteria that assess a CSI or SLP project’s

ability to increase the resilience of the community to physical climate risks

into our decision-making framework.

• We have water management initiatives in place, which drive the

optimisation of operational processes and reduce water use on site. This

is supported by our investment model for new/alternative technology that

optimises the use of water.

Physical climate risks have been consolidated into chronic (increased average rainfall and sea level rise) and acute (storms and extreme

weather events) risks, with flooding and landslides considered secondary impacts of these risk categories. The likelihood of these risks is

low for operations that will reach the end of their lives before 2030 and will be higher for operations with longer life of mine. Our current

assessment of the acute and chronic physical risks related to climate change does not require us to make additional financial provisions

for our operations or adjust the estimated useful lives of specific assets. The socio-economic context of host communities, discussed on

page 10 of this report, increases their vulnerability to climate risks.

#### PHYSICAL RISKS

![]()

65

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

RISK DESCRIPTION OUR MITIGATION MEASURES

Physical (chronic)

Extreme temperatures

Increased average temperatures will result in an increased

number of heat waves and extreme heat days. This poses

a risk to the success of rehabilitation and may result in

equipment operational issues.

• Our operations each have a mandatory code of practice for thermal stress,

which includes monitoring and interventions or TARPs when temperatures

exceed certain levels.

Physical (acute)

Storms and extreme weather events

Extreme rainfall intensity across all Thungela sites is

projected to increase over multiple scenarios and time

horizons. Storms and extreme weather such as high winds

and severe lightning could cause flash flooding of mine

sites and transportation networks, infrastructural damage

and operational disruptions resulting from unsafe working

conditions and inundation.

• Every site has an emergency response plan, technical standards on

managing inrush, and extreme rainfall TARPs.

• We have an integrated emergency preparedness response plan that

considers the potential effects of catastrophic events at sites, including

those that may be associated with climate change, and on the communities

around our operations.

• We have extensive internal standards, systems and procedures to manage

hazards on site, and have reviewed these to ensure that they include

potential climate change-related risks.

• In South Africa, social performance teams have incorporated projects into

their SLP’s that improve the resilience of communities to physical risks.

• We safeguard our assets and infrastructure through robust engineering

design and construction standards, aligned with national design and

construction standards, regulatory requirements and enhanced through

Thungela’s internal standards, systems and procedures.

• Flooding in excess of six metres at Ensham results in the activation of a

flooding TARP that limits operations. floods above 11.5m result in the

evacuation of the mine.

![]()

66

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

The rate at which demand will decline in future years depends on

the stringency with which countries pursue climate targets. Despite

thermal coal demand growing 25% between 2010 and 2023, the

IEA STEPS scenario continues to show a reduction in demand in

2030 to just slightly higher levels than were seen in 2010.

The IEA’s Coal 2024 report expected global coal demand to reach

a new peak in 2024, but then to plateau until 2027. This means

that, to meet the STEPS scenario demand in 2030, coal demand

would have to reduce by roughly 25% in three years, which is

unlikely to occur.

The outlook for coal demand remains firm, with many developing

nations, particularly in South Asia, still using coal as a primary fuel

source. Large importing nations, such as China and India, continue

to invest in new coal-fired power stations to meet the energy needs

required to sustain economic growth. Global supply is presenting a

growing challenge, with limited access to funding and insurance,

increasingly stringent regulatory requirements, and widespread

social and political opposition to the development of new coal

mines. This provides companies like Thungela, with established

high-quality coal operations and access to existing reserves, with

a significant structural advantage.

There is a growing acknowledgement that energy security and

affordability are essential criteria that need to be carefully

balanced with the rate of transition. Increasing electricity demand

combined with increasing levels of variable generation sources

highlight the need for secure, resilient and flexible power systems.

While batteries are scaling up to provide some short-term flexibility,

thermal power and hydro power will continue to be the main source

of seasonal flexibility through to 2050

1

. Variable renewable energy

deployment continues to increase, accounting for 13% of global

generation in 2023 and this contribution is anticipated to nearly

triple by 2030. The clean energy transition must be orderly, just and

equitable to minimise the impact on energy security and the most

vulnerable people in society.

RESILIENCE OF OUR BUSINESS MODEL

Our business focus is on producing high-quality export coal, which

is increasingly preferred over lower grades. This is particularly

true for customers in our export markets as they make the shift to

improved efficiency power stations where lower pollutant content

in coal is preferred. Our tier 1 assets operate in the lower half of

the cost curve, which, coupled with our commitment to responsible

production of a high-quality product, contributes to our business’s

resilience.

CCUS facility development saw significant growth in 2024, with

50 facilities now in operation and 44 more under construction. The

CCUS project pipeline now includes 628 projects, a 60% year-

on-year increase, with a capture capacity of nearly 420 million

tonnes of CO

2

2

.

Steps (WEO 2022)

Steps (WEO 2024)

APS (WEO 2022)

APS (WEO 2024)

NZE (WEO 2022)

NZE (WEO 2024)

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

4069

5079

2954

2398

117 7

985

409

20502040203020232010

GLOBAL COAL DEMAND AND SUPPLY (MTCE)

#### GLOBAL TRENDS IN 2024

Regulatory decisions across the globe are likely to drive coal price and demand. The IEA publishes an updated WEO annually. The most

recent report (2024) projects higher demand for coal in 2030 than used in our scenarios, but lower demand in 2050 under all three

scenarios. These updates are depicted below:

1

IEA (2024), World Energy Outlook 2024, IEA, Paris https://www.iea.org/reports/world-energy-outlook-2024, Licence: CC BY 4.0 (report); CC BY NC SA 4.0 (Annex A)

2

Global Status of CCS Report 2024, global Carbon Capture and Storage Institute.

![]()

67

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### OUR CLIMATE CHANGE STRATEGY

MANAGING OUR EMISSIONS

In the short- to medium-term, our strategy is to reduce our own Scope 1 and 2 emissions through the implementation of energy efficiency

and productivity improvement projects across our operations, the installation of at least 19 MW of renewable energy, and the responsible

closure of mines as they reach the end of their operational lives.

PATHWAYS TO NET ZERO

In the longer term, we have adopted a scenario-based approach to chart our path to net zero, using the IEA World Energy Outlook

2022 scenarios (see page 60 for the scenario analysis). It is important to remember that scenarios are not forecasts or predictions and

that accurately predicting the future is challenging, even in the short term.

Scenario analysis assists us in identifying key drivers of change and enables us to inform decision-making and evaluate business resilience

against a set of divergent, but plausible, futures. It also highlights the potential risks and opportunities associated with these.

To meet our 2050 net zero target, two distinct pathways are available, and are informed by climate scenarios. The route we take relies

on a critical inflection point — the pace of decarbonisation globally. Given uncertainty over the future, these pathways provide us with

a framework for decision-making based on triggers that may occur. Global trends and dynamics are reviewed annually to ascertain

which plausible pathway we may be on so that we can be agile and adaptive in our decision-making.

The STEPS and APS both see coal demand declining more moderately than the net zero pathway and have been combined in our

pathways as ‘slow transition’. The ‘accelerated decarbonisation’ pathways are aligned with the NZE.

S

L

O

W

T

R

A

N

S

I

T

I

O

N

A

C

C

E

L

E

R

A

T

E

D

D

E

C

A

R

B

O

N

I

S

A

T

I

O

N

Carbon offset projects

15 MW renewable

energy solution

Electricity generation

using methane at

Ensham

2026-2030

Methane monitoring

and reporting system

Agree on carbon

reduction strategy for

Mafube with Exxaro

Complete coal bed

methane project study,

define plant size, type

and optimal energy mix

Feasibility study for

electricity generation

using coal mine

methane at Ensham

2025

No further coal expansion

Evaluate commodity

diversification options

Partner with IPPs, use or invest

in green energy

Implement feasible energy

storage solutions

2031 - 2040

Wheel excess green energy

to local communities or

industries

Bank/sell carbon credits

Solve for remaining emissions

from the eMalahleni Water

Reclamation Plant (EWRP)

2041 - 2050

Offset M&A or projects with

renewable energy or other

emission reduction projects

tailored to life of mine and

community needs

Evaluate commodity

diversification options

Invest in energy storage

solutions

2031 - 2040 2041 - 2050

#### The pathways give us the ﬂexibility to adjust our approach to achieving our net zero target as the

#### world evolves.

OUR TARGETS

(from a 2021 baseline)

Reduce Scope 1 and 2 emissions by

30% by 2030

Achieve net zero emissions (Scope 1 and 2)

by 2050

![]()

68

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### OUR PERFORMANCE

BASELINE UPDATE

In 2023, we published our target to reduce our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 30% by 2030 (from a 2021 baseline), and our pathway

to achieve net zero by 2050. In line with the GHG Protocol and ISO 14064, we have updated our baseline to include Ensham’s 2021

emissions. We have also updated liquid fuel combustion emission factors to improve the accuracy of our reporting and be aligned with

emission factors from 2023. The chart below shows these changes. The 2021 baseline has increased from 819 kt carbon dioxide equivalent

(kt CO

2

e) to 1331 kt CO

2

e. Ensham contributes 496 kt CO

2

e, while the emission factor update contributes 16 kt CO

2

e to the increase.

Fuel combustion emission factors have been updated from 2021 onwards and the relevant metrics have been restated.

Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions for the Group in 2024 were 1,065 kt CO

2

e, 20% lower than the 2021 adjusted baseline. The emissions

from fossil fuel combustion have been restated for 2023 to include the four months from the date of acquisition of Ensham.

#### CLIMATERELATED METRICS

TOTAL SCOPE 1

AND 2 EMISSIONS

(kt CO

2

e)

South Africa

Emission Factor Adjustment

Australia

20 21

2022

2023

2024

819 49616

729 10313

741 324

74 8

0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600

GHG Emissions (kt CO

2

e)

2024 2023 2022 2021

Scope 1 emissions — Group 596

RA

397 308 808

South Africa 318 309 308 378

Australia 277 87 430

Scope 2 emissions — Group 470

RA

448 440 523

South Africa 423 433 440 457

Australia 46 15 66

![]()

69

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

RELATIVE CONTRIBUTIONS OF

EMISSION SOURCES TO TOTAL

SCOPE 1 AND 2 SOUTH AFRICA

Fossil fuel combustion

Fugitive emissions

57% 25%

18%

0.01%

Process emissions

Electricity

RELATIVE CONTRIBUTIONS OF

EMISSION SOURCES TO TOTAL

SCOPE 1 AND 2 AUSTRALIA

Fossil fuel combustion

Fugitive emissions

Electricity

14%

7%

79%

In South Africa, total Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 741 kt CO

2

e,

remaining relatively stable from 743 kt CO

2

e in 2023.

Scope 2 emissions are the largest contributor to emissions in South

Africa, followed by fugitive emissions and then fossil fuel combustion.

A decrease in Scope 2 emissions achieved through energy efficiency

projects and the commissioning of a 4MW solar plant at Zibulo

in November 2024 was offset by an increase in underground

production that increased fugitive emissions.

Carbon intensity was 3.6% lower at 3.50 kg CO

2

e per total tonne

moved compared to 3.63 kg CO

2

e per total tonne moved in 2023.

Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions at Ensham were 324 kt CO

2

e in

2024 compared to 496 kt CO

2

e in 2021. The reason for the 35%

decrease is that the mine moved into a methane-rich area in 2021,

and was only able to commence with pre-draining and flaring the

methane towards the end of 2021. The mine has since implemented

a system of pre-drainage and flaring of the methane ahead of

mining in each section, resulting in the sustained reduction of these

emissions.

Fugitive emissions in Australia account for the largest proportion

of the Scope 1 and 2 emissions at 79%. Emissions from electricity

account for 14% and fuel combustion contributes 7%.

#### SOUTH AFRICA AUSTRALIA

METHANE EMISSIONS

Methane is emitted from coal seams during the mining process. The methane content of coal seam gas varies from region to region. In

South Africa, where the geology is relatively old, and the coal seams are relatively shallow, the coal seam gas methane concentrations

are low in comparison to those found in coal seams in Australia.

We have historically reported methane as a CO

2

equivalent in our fugitive emissions. Fugitive emissions comprise CO

2

and methane (CH

4

).

In South Africa we use a Tier 2 emission factor to calculate the fugitive emissions, which gives a combined value for these. At Ensham, the

fugitive emissions are measured using a continuous monitoring system. We continue to consider and improve our reporting of methane,

and have separated the methane component from fugitives and combined this with the methane component from fuel combustion in the

figures below. The methane values here are included in the reported fugitive emissions, but are shown separately here in the interest of

improving our disclosures.

We recognise the importance of accurate measurement of methane

emissions. As such, we installed continuous methane monitoring on

the ventilation shafts in South Africa in 2024, with the intention of

using the data from these systems for reporting in 2025.

Methane Emissions (tCH

4

)

2024 2023

South Africa 7, 313 7, 811

Australia\* 8,729 2,606

Group total 16,042 10,417

\*

Methane in Australia in 2023 is shown for the four months from date of acquisition

(1 September 2023 to 31 December 2023)

![]()

70

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Scope 3 emissions (kt CO

2

e) 2024 2023 2022 2021

Category 1: Purchased goods and services 22 30 5 31

Category 2: Capital goods 12 12 9

Category 3: Fuel- and energy-related services 76 65 544 679

Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution 237 238 287 40

Category 5: Waste generated in operations 2 1 5 7

Category 6: Business travel 1.52 0.94

Category 7: Employee commuting 21 19

Category 8: Upstream leased assets 0.54 0.48

Category 9: Downstream transportation and distribution 2,265 1,789 1,12 3 1,466

Category 10: Processing of sold products N/A N/A N/A N/A

Category 11: Use of sold products 44,184 29, 816 35,072 63,863

Category 12: End-of-life treatment of sold products N/A N/A N/A N/A

Category 13: Downstream leased assets N/A N/A N/A N/A

Category 14: Franchises N/A N/A N/A N/A

Category 15: Investments 56 62 35

Total Scope 3 emissions 46,877

LA

32,033 37, 071 66,096

Our Scope 3 emissions increased to 46,877 kt CO

2

e

LA

in 2024 from 32,033 kt CO

2

e in 2023 due to the addition of Ensham Scope

3 emissions. For consistency, Ensham’s Scope 3 emissions were also added to 2021. Category 11 for Ensham (use of sold products)

contributes most significantly to the increase. Saleable coal production also increased in South Africa in 2024, further contributing to

the increase in category 11.

We also engaged our suppliers to better understand their emissions and associated emission reduction commitments. We mapped the

top 60% of our supplier base by spend in 2024, and reviewed their reporting on Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. The mapping covered

purchased goods and services, capital goods and upstream transportation. Approximately half of the suppliers mapped currently track

their emissions and have targets in place.

We signed a memorandum of understanding with the Council for Geoscience to advance research into emission reduction technologies,

focusing on CCUS. This collaboration aligns with our position and advocacy for accelerated deployment of technologies — including

CCUS — that mitigate the emissions from coal combustion. This strategic partnership aims to invest in geoscience-based solutions that

support national priorities and international climate agreements, including South Africa’s NDCs under the Paris Agreement.

For further information, please refer to our ESG data book: https://www.thungela.com/investors/annual-reports.

In 2024, we undertook a Scope 3 assessment on Ensham and have included this in the data presented below. All 15 of the Scope 3

categories have been assessed for applicability and, where relevant, have been included.

#### SCOPE 3 EMISSIONS

![]()

71

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

71

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

72

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### ENERGY MANAGEMENT

#### Mining is an energy intensive process, and the unit costs of energy are ever increasing.

Changing geology, longer hauling distances and increasing mine depths tend to increase energy requirements further. In this context,

the efficient use of energy and optimising our use of energy sources is an ongoing priority. Additionally, managing our energy is an

important element of decarbonising our operations and achieving our target of a 30% reduction in scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030

on our path to net zero.

#### OUR APPROACH

ENHANCING ENERGY EFFICIENCY

Thungela’s technical standard and related guideline on energy and carbon emissions’ management sets out the requirements to drive energy

and carbon savings across the business.

We have implemented a range of efficiency and productivity improvement initiatives across our operations. Current projects focus on

improving the efficiency of large energy users such as processing plants, ventilation systems at underground operations and load and haul

equipment at opencast mines. Projects that have been implemented on opencast operations include idle time reduction on haul fleets and

dozers, improving road conditions to reduce rolling resistance and diesel consumption and the reduction of haul route distances.

Our underground mines continued their focus on ventilation system optimisation in 2024. Ventilation interventions included the sealing of

underground sections to reduce ventilation requirements, fan blade adjustments to reduce fan input power, optimising vent fan speeds and

optimising section layouts to enable a reduction in the number of fans operating, without compromising ventilation.

These initiatives are supported by a robust project execution framework which includes management commitment, scheduled reviews with

energy champions, performance reviews and forums to share and reapply learnings within the business.

SUPPLEMENTING ELECTRICITY WITH RENEWABLE SUPPLY

Central to our net zero pathway is the incorporation of a minimum of 19 MW of renewable electricity before the end of 2026.

We are proud to report that a 4 MW solar PV plant was commissioned in

the fourth quarter of 2024. The plant generated over 1,154 MWh in 2024

and contributed to a saving of R3.5 million in electricity costs.

A feasibility for a further 4 MW solar PV plant at the Elders project

has been completed and the external permits, approvals and rezoning

applications are in progress. We are evaluating the strategic balance

between a self-build approach and sourcing renewable energy through

a power purchase agreement.

#### PERFORMANCE

Total Group energy consumption increased to 3.74 million gigajoules

(GJ)

RA

, compared to 3.37 million GJ in 2023. This increase is due to the

inclusion of Ensham for the full year in 2024 compared to the inclusion

of the four months from the date of acquisition in 2023. Our energy

efficiency and energy reduction projects resulted in savings of almost

25 kt CO

2

e and 86 thousand GJ.

In South Africa, energy intensity improved by 3.5% to14.79 Megajoules

per total tonne moved (MJ/TTM) in 2024 (2023: 15.33 MJ/TTM). Since

2021, energy efficiency has improved by 22%. Total energy consumption

remained relatively stable at 3.13 million GJ in 2024 (2023: 3.14 million

GJ).

![]()

73

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### LOOKING AHEAD

In 2025, we will develop a strategic approach to rolling out the remaining 15 MW of our renewable energy commitment. We will

continue to investigate and implement energy-saving projects, particularly for large energy users, to enable a year-on-year reduction in

our carbon and energy intensities, with a particular focus on Ensham. We will also be investigating the feasibility of generating electricity

using coal mine methane at Ensham. We will continue with the optimisation of the continuous methane monitoring system to ensure data

quality and availability meet the requirements for reporting to the DFFE.

We will be investigating carbon offset opportunities, through both purchases and project development on our closing operations in

South Africa.

These initiatives will be accompanied by the continued evolution of reporting and disclosure practices, and engagement with stakeholders

on our climate change journey.

For further information, please refer to our ESG data book: https://www.thungela.com/investors/annual-reports.

1

All 2023 values have been restated to include data from Ensham for the four months from the date of acquisition.

2

All 2021 values have been restated to include Ensham for the full year, as part of the GHG baseline update.

ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND ENERGY INTENSITY  SOUTH AFRICA

Energy consumption — Group 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020

Total energy consumption (million GJ)

1,2

3.74

RA

3.37 3.01 4.09 3.87

Energy from electricity (million GJ)

1,2

1.74

1.57 1.50 1.87 1.78

Energy from fossil fuel use (million GJ)

1,2

1.99

1.79 1. 51 2.22 2.09

Electricity consumption (MWh)

1,2

484,256

437,612 415 ,732 57 7,73 9 434,916

Diesel consumption (kl)

1,2

54,007

49,17 7 41,800 67, 27 7 51,285

Energy Consumption million GJ

Energy Intensity MJ/TTM

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

1

0.5

0

19.04

3.42

2021

16.16

3.01

2022

15. 33

3.14

2023

14.79

3.13

2024

Total Energy used Energy Intensity

![]()

74

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### MINE CLOSURE AND REHABILITATION

#### OUR APPROACH

We consider mine closure an integral part of our core business. Our approach to planning for closure ensures that the full spectrum

of opportunities, risks and liabilities is effectively identified before a mine is opened and throughout its life. Plans are fully costed and

adequate provision is made for premature closure. Integrating mine closure planning into our operational strategy is the best way to

address many of our mine closure risks and opportunities, particularly through the rehabilitation of land in parallel with mining activities.

Setting performance targets for the implementation of progressive rehabilitation is core to our rehabilitation strategy and is included as

a metric in the chief executive’s scorecard and long-term incentive plan.

Five of our seven mines have opencast mining areas. This makes rehabilitating the land we disturb to the level of post-mining land use

agreed with stakeholders a material issue.

Our approach to mine closure and rehabilitation is guided by our technical standard for mine closure, a mine closure toolbox, and a

technical standard and guideline for rehabilitation, all of which incorporate regulatory requirements and best practice guidance from

the ICMM. We actively work with our stakeholders to address social impacts and rigorously manage our financial liabilities.

Our mine closure toolbox is a cradle-to-cradle approach and ensures that long-term business plans consider how mines will close before

they even start operating. This includes stakeholder engagement and social transition and incorporates our integrated closure planning

system, which is centred on integrating multi-disciplinary closure planning and execution. The toolbox provides a single, consistent

framework for closing mines and guides operations on how to meet our closure standard.

PROGRESSIVE REHABILITATION

Our operations are required to implement progressive rehabilitation.

This includes closure-related technical studies and designs, the

remediation of contaminated areas, the decommissioning and

removal of redundant infrastructure, reshaping of in-pit waste rock,

topsoiling and revegetation. Our team models rehabilitation designs

on various platforms to provide an ecologically acceptable blueprint

that considers watersheds, land capability and landforms, ultimately

creating sustainable post-mining landscapes.

Well-executed rehabilitation establishes post-mining landscapes that

are ecologically functional and support our goal of no net loss of

biodiversity.

Each site has a detailed rolling five-year rehabilitation plan which

is updated annually. These plans outline targets, monitoring,

maintenance and management programmes and allow for adaptive

management where required.

MINE CLOSURE PLANS

Each operation has a mine closure plan that is aligned with national

legislation and the mine closure toolbox. As an operation progresses

towards closure, the plan becomes more detailed. These plans

are updated annually to reflect any material changes, including

permitting amendments, mine expansions and environmental impact

assessment reviews.

Closure plans outline a vision, goals and objectives across every

aspect of closure, including physical stability, water and soil quality,

vegetation intensity, biodiversity, health and safety, aesthetic quality

and social factors such as employee relations and socio-economic

development.

They feature measurable and time-bound targets in the form of a

master action plan that is tracked regularly on our SHE management

system. Plans also have pre-determined success criteria, the fulfilment

of which should indicate that mine closure has been effective.

We reduce our footprint from project design through to operation and closure and identify, manage and address potential impacts by

applying the mitigation hierarchy’s principles – to avoid, minimise, restore (or mitigate) and offset.

We aim to leave a positive, sustainable legacy by integrating mine closure planning with concurrent rehabilitation, conserving and

restoring biodiversity and using non-operational land for the benefit of communities.

We commit to managing the land we own in a productive and sustainable manner,

#### ensuring proactive stewardship during each phase of the mining lifecycle.

![]()

75

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

SOCIAL CLOSURE

Our vision is to partner with host communities to establish

regenerative landscapes that can drive economic diversification

and lead to sustainable livelihoods after our mines close. Our

sites that are nearing their end-of-life are preparing to implement

elements of the closure plans that will mitigate risks and impacts

to surrounding communities. Social aspects are integrated into the

overall mine closure plan.

As part of this process, we reviewed our closure risks and impacts

and undertook a socio-economic baseline assessment related

to these elements in the areas around our operations. Key risks

identified are stakeholder engagement and management, water,

land, skills development and security.

We are actively exploring opportunities to repurpose existing

assets and infrastructure to develop programmes that support the

sustainable closure of these mines. A pilot site at Goedehoop has

been identified and a detailed framework of potential initiatives

has been created.

Strategies for stakeholder engagement on the topic of mine closure

have been developed to ensure that all interested, affected or

influential parties are included.

GOVERNANCE

The board’s health, safety, environment and risk committee has

oversight of mine closure and rehabilitation, with progress reported

on a quarterly basis.

Each operation has a multi-disciplinary mine closure committee,

comprising representatives from key departments, including

environmental, social performance, survey, human resources,

supply chain, mining and engineering. These committees provide

strategic guidance for the implementation of closure plans and

ensure that adequate funding is allocated to support the closure

planning process.

They also develop management plans that ensure that closure

is integrated into overall project and mine planning as well as

monitor, review and report on performance to the general manager

and other internal and external stakeholders.

#### PERFORMANCE

Our closing collieries, care and maintenance unit, which is

dedicated to the physical rehabilitation and closure of areas

where mining has ceased, continued to make great strides in the

rehabilitation and closure of Khwezela’s Bokgoni and Kromdraai

sites.

We currently have 70,047 hectares (ha) under our charge (2023:

53,666 ha) which includes 14,833 ha in Australia. A total of 17,017

ha have been disturbed by mining, processing, mineral waste

disposal and supporting infrastructure (2023: 7,524 ha) and 7,886

ha has been rehabilitated. We are updating our land management

database to reflect changes in land and asset ownership.

We focus on rehabilitating mining land concurrently and returning

it to the state agreed upon in environmental permits. This approach

results in significant financial and environmental benefits and can

reduce long-term closure liabilities. As a Group, a total of 328

LA

ha

were reshaped, 173

LA

ha were topsoiled and 310

LA

ha were seeded

in the reporting year.

In South Africa in 2024, we reshaped 199 ha (2023: 223 ha).

Topsoiling of reshaped areas increased substantially to 104 ha

compared with 60 ha the previous year. Seeding rose to 241 ha

from 163 ha in 2023.

Ensham met all its 2024 progressive rehabilitation and closure plan requirements,

successfully reshaping 130 ha and seeding 70 ha. It has also exceeded its

cumulative target.

#### PROGRESSIVE REHABILITATION PROGRESS AT ENSHAM

![]()

76

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

MINE CLOSURE AND REHABILITATION

#### CLOSURE LIABILITIES AND CORRESPONDING

#### FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

A third party updates our closure liabilities annually as required by legislation. Assessments are based on commitments made in various

permits and authorisations, as well as in the design criteria for final closure. Financial provisions are made annually based on the legal

obligations under the existing MPRDA regulations and are reviewed and audited against internal and external requirements. Financial

provisions are provided once we receive DMPR approvals of liability estimates.

These are adjusted based on our interpretation of the likely increase in costs required to transition to the new NEMA Financial Provisioning

Regulations, such as costs related to the ongoing pumping and treatment of polluted or extraneous water. The proposed 2015 NEMA

Financial Provisioning Regulations have yet to be promulgated. On 1 February 2024, the Minister of the Department of Forestry, Fisheries

and the Environment postponed implementation to a date yet to be advised.

It is important to note that financial provisioning as specified in the regulations does not translate into the environmental provisions

recognised by the Group, but rather the level of cash or other funding that must be made available to the DMPR to fund the closure of

operations should we not be able to do so.

Financial provisioning required by the current MPRDA regulations amounts to R4,807 million (2023: R4,536 million), compared to the

total environmental provisions recognised by the Group of R7,973 million (2023: R7,841 million) for our South African operations. This

difference is due to the additional costs we believe we are likely to incur through our interpretation of the regulations and actual costs

to be incurred in the period up to, and post-mine closure, most significantly in relation to water treatment.

We have provided for water treatment costs using a combination of active and passive methods, based on research, development and

demonstration activities at our operations. The NEMA regulations require that provisions for water treatment be based on currently

available technologies that the DMPR has approved based on evidence that the technology to be implemented consistently achieves

discharge requirements.

Further information about our passive treatment initiatives can be found on page 50.

#### SOUTH AFRICA

We currently maintain the financial provisions required by the DMPR and NEMA through two mechanisms: environmental rehabilitation

trusts and guarantees with financial institutions. These funds cannot be accessed for general use. The rehabilitation trust’s value as at

31December 2024 was R4,266 million (2023: R3,740 million). Guarantees of R3,221 million (2023: R3,221 million) are primarily in

place to meet any immediate obligations under the existing regulations and are issued in favour of the DMPR. All operations’ closure

liabilities are fully provided for in terms of the MPRDA.

During the year, we contributed an additional R204 million (2023: R205 million) into long-term investments referred to as the green

fund. This was done through two financial institutions to secure the guarantees required to further furnish financial provisioning. These

investments are held as collateral in favour of the financial institutions for the guarantees provided to the Group.

Further information on our financial provisions can be found on pages 134 to 141 of the Thungela Annual Financial Statements.

![]()

77

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

Coal mining is an ‘environmentally relevant activity’ requiring an

environmental authority under the Environmental Protection Act

(EPA) 1994 (Queensland) before a mining lease can be issued

under the Mineral Resources Act 1989 (Queensland).

Large coal mines must submit a progressive rehabilitation and

closure plan for approval, detailing milestones to maximise land

rehabilitation to a stable condition.

The rehabilitation and closure plan must be prepared in accordance

with the requirements set out in the EPA and a statutory guideline

issued by the Department of Environment, Science and Innovation

(DESI). These may be amended based on changes in the operation’s

life of mine (LOM) plan.

DESI determines the environmental rehabilitation costs for the

mining activity being undertaken. The application must state the

period to be covered in the determination, as well as the estimate of

the total cost of rehabilitation for the period, calculated according

to the methodology set out in the statutory guidelines.

The environmental rehabilitation cost determination remains

current for the determination period, unless an application for

a new determination is made at least three months before the

determination period ends, in which case the environmental

rehabilitation cost determination will remain current until the new

determination has been made.

The most recent environmental rehabilitation cost determination

for Ensham, which was issued in December2022 and remains in

force until 30 June 2025, amounts to approximately R3,196 million

(AUD274 million) (2023: R3,414 million or AUD274 million), on a

100% basis.

Holders of environmental authorities for resource activities must

contribute to the financial provisioning scheme established under

the Mineral and Energy Resources (Financial Provisioning) Act 2018

(Queensland) and the Mineral and Energy Resources (Financial

Provisioning) Regulations 2018. The nature and amount of the

contribution to be made is determined by the scheme manager,

and is based on their assessment of the State of Queensland’s

risk of incurring costs and expenses because the holder has not

rehabilitated or restored the environment. The scheme manager may

determine that this contribution is to be made by way of a payment

into a pooled fund or the provision of a financial surety, or both.

#### AUSTRALIA

![]()

78

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

MINE CLOSURE AND REHABILITATION

ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS FOR ENSHAM

An assessment of the environmental liability for the rehabilitation of Ensham’s opencast area was prepared by an independent consultant

in 2024. This assessment was conducted from first principles based on an understanding of various inputs, including the volume of material

to be moved, the distance it is to be moved and the method by which rehabilitation is to be completed, together with the related costs.

The costs to be incurred for rehabilitation will be spent over the course of the rehabilitation and closure plan as agreed with DESI, which

impacts the net present value of the liability recognised in the statement of financial position. Based on the assessment performed, the

environmental provisions recognised on the statement of financial position amount to R3,977 million (2023: R3,855 million).

Sungela, as the new owner of a portion of the mining leases related to Ensham, has not yet been accepted into the Queensland

pool, however, this acceptance is being actively pursued. On this basis, we are required tomaintain financial surety for the current

environmental rehabilitation cost determination of $3,196 million or AUD274million (2023: $3,414 million or AUD274 million), on a

100% basis.

The Group has invested R970 million in long-term investments through three financial institutions to secure the required financial surety,

issued in favour of the State of Queensland. These investments are held in the name of the financial institutions to build up the required

cash collateral for the rehabilitation liability over the remaining LOM.

We will continue to assess the rehabilitation activities required and ensure that rehabilitation costs and methods are optimised in line

with existing methods.

#### LOOKING AHEAD

With Goedehoop going into closure in 2025, our focus will be on commencing with the successful closure of this mine. As a business,

we will continue to drive progressive rehabilitation to reduce our environmental liabilities. Additionally, we will initiate projects and

programmes at all closing sites in collaboration with surrounding communities to stimulate economic diversification.

![]()

79

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

### BIODIVERSITY

We recognise the interconnectedness of biodiversity with climate change and other ecosystem elements such as water, air and human

activities. We undertake continuous monitoring of the environment, including ecological, groundwater, soil, noise and air monitoring

and use this data to embed biodiversity conservation into our activities through adaptive environmental management practices. We also

engage our stakeholders and form partnerships to help achieve effective and long-lasting outcomes.

We are committed to not conducting any exploration, drilling or mining in World Heritage areas and International Union for Conservation

of Nature (IUCN) category I-IV protected areas, and to not putting the integrity of such properties at risk. We conduct our work with

respect for legally designated areas.

#### We are committed to no net loss of biodiversity and, where possible, to improving biodiversity

#### wherever we operate.

![]()

80

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### OUR APPROACH

Given the potential of mining activities to affect habitats through

land disturbance, land use change and pollution, we have continued

to implement biodiversity management plans (BMPs). BMPs set the

minimum requirements for managing biodiversity throughout the

mining lifecycle by mitigating impacts and enhancing ecosystem

services. In 2021, our South African operations completed detailed

biodiversity assessments, defining significant biodiversity features

to protect and restore, and developed site-specific BMPs to guide

progress towards achieving no net loss of biodiversity. These BMPs

informed the development of a regional management plan, which

optimises the potential for balancing losses against contributions to

biodiversity, rather than confining attainable results to specific sites.

We can create maximum benefit on a regional scale by protecting

remaining areas of high biodiversity value and designing site-based

rehabilitation efforts to conserve and restore biodiversity.

Our BMPs identify risks to biodiversity and set objectives to mitigate

these. They are divided into three categories:

•  no net loss of natural habitats;

•  maintaining or improving the value of significant biodiversity

features in the local study area; and

•  maintaining or improving ecosystem service delivery.

When implementing BMPs, we track site-specific indicators quarterly,

half-yearly or annually as per the approved site plan. Indicators

are integrated into the SHE performance management system.

These plans can include measures such as preliminary clearing

works, habitat relocation, flora and fauna conservation, invasive

species control and fire and grazing management. BMPs must be

reviewed and updated internally on a three-year basis, or when

there is a significant change in the site’s footprint, area of influence

or understanding of relevant biodiversity impacts. Each site must

identify and implement priority biodiversity projects that contribute

to our no net loss target for biodiversity. These are linked to our SHE

management system for monitoring and analysis of data, adaptive

management and continuous improvement.

Where residual impacts on significant biodiversity features remain

after the application of the mitigation hierarchy, biodiversity offsets

must be implemented in accordance with national legislation.

Clearly documented roles and responsibilities for work at both site

and regional level ensure the appropriate allocation of expertise to

the management actions identified.

Our approach is strengthened through the implementation of our

biodiversity standard. This standard is supported by a biodiversity

guideline for implementation and outlines a systematic approach to

identifying and setting targets for significant biodiversity features,

identifying actions to meet these targets, and tracking progress to

achieve no net loss through monitoring programmes.

Each operation continues to identify opportunities to implement

additional conservation actions that meet the requirements of the

biodiversity standard. These actions will also assist the operations in

meeting their environmental authorisation conditions as they relate

to biodiversity, such as alien species management, erosion control

and protected species management.

While Ensham does not have a BMP, it does undertake alien invasive

and feral animal management as required and has identified a

tree species in the mine life-extension area that is classified as a

threatened ‘ecological community’ under the Environment Protection

and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. These trees are protected

from harm by clearing or subsidence. Ensham engaged an ecologist

to undertake a baseline pre-mining assessment of the species. This

has been deemed its priority biodiversity project and will be tracked

by management.

Biodiversity management extends beyond the duration of our mining

activities. Therefore, our no-net-loss goal and related biodiversity

objectives are integrated into closure plans through a commitment

to establish stable and sustainable landforms, to monitor these and

offset where impact is unavoidable.

GOVERNANCE

The board’s health, safety, environment and risk committee has

oversight of biodiversity and progress on biodiversity priority

projects is reported quarterly.

Mine management reports on priority projects to the executive

committee at monthly performance reviews. Each site is audited

annually against the biodiversity standard and develops action plans

to address any gaps identified.

BIODIVERSITY

![]()

81

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

81

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

82

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES

Thungela faces both risks and opportunities related to biodiversity.

Habitat destruction, leading to the loss of biodiversity and the potential endangerment of local flora and fauna, is a key risk related

to our mining operations. Investing in habitat restoration and conservation programmes, including setting aside land for conservation,

reintroducing indigenous and/or endemic species and undertaking progressive land rehabilitation, helps to mitigate the impact of our

operations on biodiversity. Rehabilitated areas also present opportunities for the integration of objectives for the conservation of faunal

species of concern in mine closure plans.

Mining-related activities can also affect water resources, contribute to the release of dust and other emissions, and potentially facilitate

the spread of invasive species, all of which can adversely impact local ecosystems. By adopting responsible and sustainable practices,

engaging with stakeholders, and investing in biodiversity stewardship, we aim to mitigate risks and contribute positively to biodiversity

protection and management.

We have a significant opportunity to balance losses against contributions to biodiversity by managing it at a regional scale. We can

protect remaining areas of high biodiversity value and design site-based rehabilitation efforts to conserve and restore biodiversity.

The proximity of our operations to those of our peers presents an opportunity for the development of partnerships to reduce fragmentation

in the landscape, create corridors that allow for the movement of larger animals – which is essential for maintaining genetic diversity –

and collaborate on catchment-level wetland rehabilitation and offset strategies.

BIODIVERSITY

82

![]()

83

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### PERFORMANCE

PARTNERING FOR BIODIVERSITY

On 14 February 2024, we officially opened a fish-breeding facility at Loskop Dam. The first-of-a-kind facility was established to help

reintroduce fish species into the Olifants-Wilge River system that was impacted by an incident at our Kromdraai site in February 2022.

We partnered with the MTPA on the facility, which aims to bolster native fish biodiversity conservation, enhance public awareness and

support the breeding of vulnerable species that have not been bred in captivity before. To date, 6,500 fish have been released, including

tilapia, yellowfish and small barbs.

We have also continued to drive our nature-based solutions to treating and managing mine-impacted water as well as addressing topsoil

availability issues. Read more about passive water treatment solutions on page 50.

Biodiversity management often requires coordinated efforts across

multiple stakeholders, including government agencies, businesses,

NGOs, local communities and indigenous groups. Partnerships play

an essential role by fostering collaboration, innovation, scalability,

shared responsibility and capacity building. By working together,

stakeholders can address the complex challenges of biodiversity

conservation and achieve more sustainable outcomes for both

people and the planet.

We are members of the National Biodiversity and Business Network

(NBBN), which enables us to contribute to the industry becoming a

positive force for nature conservation in South Africa. The network –

which falls under the ambit of the Endangered Wildlife Trust – works

with companies across industry sectors to help them lessen their

impacts on the natural environment and identify more sustainable

ways of operating.

We continue to participate in the NBBN’s working group for the

mining sector, which comprises representatives from major mining

companies and the South African National Biodiversity Institute.

Our business aims to explore common challenges and risks, share

best practices and develop collaborative solutions to shared

challenges, while facilitating important interactions with key local

and international stakeholders such as the JSE Limited, government

and the IUCN.

During the year, we partnered with the Mpumalanga Tourism and

Parks Agency (MTPA) on the development of a fish-breeding facility

at Loskop Dam. This will become a centre of learning on indigenous

fish species and will go on to replace stocks of fish lost not just to

the Olifants-Wilge catchment, but to similarly affected river systems

across the country. We also contributed to the agency’s black-

footed cat breeding programme and a project that has seen the

reintroduction of Nile crocodile to the region.

![]()

84

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### BIODIVERSITY PRIORITY PROJECTS

All operations embark on an annual project with tangible and measurable positive outcomes on biodiversity. These projects focus on

enhancing biodiversity with the objective of either supporting ecosystems or specific species and are linked to their BMPs.

#### CHEETAH OUTREACH TRUST PROJECT

The Waterberg Estate has lent its support to the Cheetah Outreach Trust to

#### help conserve South Africa’s free-roaming cheetah population.

The 15,000 ha estate in Lephalale, Limpopo, is home to our ongoing coal bed methane exploration

programme and houses our long-standing sable antelope and buffalo breeding projects.

The farm is rich in biodiversity and supports a variety of wildlife, including zebra, giraffe, eland, nyala

and kudu. It also hosts endangered species such as pangolin, the African giant bullfrog and cheetah.

A coalition of cheetahs that roam the estate and surrounding bushveld attracted the attention of

the Cheetah Outreach Trust. The trust gathers scientific data on the country’s free-roaming cheetah

population – cats that occur in farmland areas outside the confines of formally protected areas.

Joined by researchers from Ashia Cheetah Conservation, the University of Stellenbosch and the

University of Groningen in the Netherlands, the trust captured, collared and released five cheetahs back

onto the estate. It has also embarked on a census using camera traps that will gather precise insights

into cheetah behaviour and the dynamics of human-cheetah interactions in farm areas.

The estimated global cheetah population has dwindled to around 6,600 animals due to shrinking

habitat, declining natural prey numbers and conflict with human activities.

The project aims to create an environment in which farming and wildlife conservation can co-exist and

we are delighted to have been able to support its efforts. We are currently working on an arrangement

to provide formal assistance to this worthy cause.

BIODIVERSITY

![]()

85

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

In 2024, researchers from the University of Pretoria

investigated the presence of small mammals at

one of Khwezela’s rehabilitated sites.

Funded by the Coaltech Research Association, a non-profit

organisation that meets the South African coal industry’s research

needs, the study aimed to determine the effectiveness of current

rehabilitation practices and how they can be tailored to attract

further biodiversity.

Our South African mines are situated in the Highveld grassland

biome, large portions of which have been disturbed by agriculture

and mining. These operations have an exceptional opportunity to

restore these habitats post-mining, and bring back species that

once thrived.

The presence of small mammal populations provides an excellent

indicator of the current state of a biome and its future potential.

By understanding what native animal species prefer, rehabilitation

can be specifically designed to meet their needs.

The study was carried out by the university’s Mammal Research

Institute, using a variety of research methods. These included

acoustic recorders to monitor bats, cameras and small mammal

traps which were systematically placed across various parts of

Khwezela’s rehabilitated Schoongezicht pit.

Small mammals were captured and identified, measured and

sexed before being released back into the environment. To ensure

humane conditions, traps were placed out of direct sunlight and

checked early in the morning, before the heat of the day.

The findings were encouraging and compared well with the old

Umlalazi Game Reserve, which served as a control site as it has

not been directly impacted by mining.

Researchers confirmed the presence of several species of mongoose,

various bat species based on their echolocation calls and several

types of rodents, including the pygmy mouse.

Biodiversity attracts biodiversity, which means that as small mammal

populations like mice and other rodents grow, we can expect

more birds, more reptiles and other species to make their return to

rehabilitated sites.

#### SMALL MAMMAL PROJECT AT KHWEZELA

![]()

86

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### USING NATURE TO CREATE TOPSOIL

Closure specialists are working towards reshaping

the way we return mine land to sustainable use

with a trial that uses Fungcoal and rock mulch

produced on site.

One of the biggest challenges our business faces in returning

mine land to sustainable use is the availability of topsoil. This finite

commodity is extremely expensive, and taking it from ‘borrow’ pits

means creating one environmental challenge to address another.

The trial is a partnership between our business and the Coaltech

Research Association and is being undertaken at Kromdraai which,

like many older closing sites, has a significant topsoil deficit.

In 2013, Thungela, together with Rhodes University and Coaltech,

began research into the use of biological mechanisms to create self-

cladding covers that can sustainably support vegetation. The result

was Fungcoal technology, a bioprocess that harnesses the ability of

certain fungi to rapidly convert waste coal into soil-like material that

is rich in fulvic and humic acids, acting as a natural fertiliser.

This technology was patented after more than a decade of research

and development by our business and Rhodes University’s Institute

for Environmental Biotechnology.

Rhodes has since completed a technology transfer, which has

resulted in the patent being licensed for manufacturing and sale by

commercial partner Ravfin Industries. Under this agreement – the first

of its kind in the university’s 119-year history – Fungcoal is available

to Thungela at cost price, while 10% of any profits made by Ravfin

are ploughed back into our Nkulo Community Partnership Trust.

At Kromdraai, the growth medium being used is levelled overburden

spoils, which is crushed in situ to create mulch. Crushing rock

close to the surface has the benefit of reducing potential damage

to agricultural implements once land has been turned back to

productive use.

The trial covers an area of 45 ha and aims to prove that land

rehabilitated in this way is suitable for agriculture. Indigenous

and pasture grass appear to be thriving, and will be monitored to

determine nutrient levels, and address toxicity concerns and the

land’s suitability for agricultural equipment use.

The next step will be to engage the DMPR and the DFFE so that they

have sufficient data to consider and, ultimately, approve the use

of Fungcoal and rock mulch as a sustainable solution for opencast

mines – not just in our own business but further afield.

#### LOOKING AHEAD

In 2025, the regional BMP will be updated by a third-party specialist to include site specific information and performance indicators

and to outline the approach to measuring our progress against our no net loss target. We will continue our focus on enhancing spatial

biodiversity data while tracking and auditing biodiversity projects.

BIODIVERSITY

![]()

87

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

3

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

## SOCIAL

Safety and health  88

Our people  102

Communities  117

Making a positive contribution  135

04

87

![]()

88

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Our risk-based approach is driven from the board and its health,

safety, environment and risk committee to the executive committee,

site management teams and frontline supervisory personnel.

Safety and health begin with every employee and contractor’s

ability to identify, assess and control workplace risks. Achieving

this requires ongoing leadership focus on building a strong safety

and health culture through regular engagement with our workforce,

comprehensive training in operational risk management and the

allocation of necessary resources to achieve legal compliance.

Key to our approach is the rigorous reporting of safety and health

high-potential hazards (HPHs), the analysis of leading and lagging

indicators, and a structured process for learning from incidents to

prevent repeats.

### SAFETY AND HEALTH

Every person that works for Thungela must be able to earn a living for their family without the

risk of harm – whether from workplace safety risks or from long-term exposure to occupational

health hazards.

Our integrated approach to the management

of occupational safety and health risks is

based on the following principles:

A zero-harm mindset and the belief that all accidents and occupational illnesses

can be prevented.

A ZEROHARM MINDSET

Learning from incidents to prevent repeats.

NO REPEATS

Simple, non-negotiable standards applied consistently throughout the organisation.

SIMPLE, NONNEGOTIABLE STANDARDS

No

repeats

Simple,

non-negotiable

standards

A zero-

harm

mindset

ROBUST SYSTEMS

Clear accountability and commitment are supported by a robust

set of systems that specify the requirements for managing health

and safety risks. These include the Thungela Safety, Health

and Environment (SHE) Policy, the International Standards

Organization’s ISO 45001 occupational safety and health

management system and a suite of technical and SHE standards

and specifications that address key risks.

During the year, all South African mines received and maintained

their certification to the ISO 45001 standard and once again

implemented SHE management plans to address and facilitate

continuous improvement.

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk management (ORM) enables us to proactively

identify and mitigate hazards that cause injury and illness. All

leaders are trained in the four layers of our ORM process –

continuous, task, issue-based and baseline risk management, to

better enable them to make informed decisions, manage risks

effectively, and protect the wellbeing of their teams.

The goal is to effectively manage all forms of risk, with special

emphasis on the elimination of fatalities, life-altering injury and

disabling occupational illness. Critical controls are identified

through the ORM process and are implemented to prevent priority

unwanted events. These controls involve one or a combination of

acts, objects, engineered solutions or systems. ORM is integrated

into all tasks through job risk assessments, which are present at

work execution through a summarised and effective work execution

document.

![]()

89

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

MANAGING INCIDENTS

Leading and lagging indicators, including HPHs and high-

potential incidents (HPIs), are investigated and analysed to inform

the ongoing development of site safety and health interventions.

Importantly, incidents are also discussed in monthly ‘learn

and share’ sessions attended by the executive committee, site

management teams and subject matter experts. A learning-from-

incidents standard guides the process to be followed to investigate

and address findings to prevent repeats or similar events. During the

year, we conducted an internal audit to bring about improvements

in our learning-from-incidents process. We actively encourage the

reporting of safety and health-related HPHs at all levels so that

hazards can be removed before an incident occurs. During the

year, employees reported and dealt with 2,867 (2023: 2,444)

safety and health-related HPHs.

AN ALIGNED WORKFORCE

When it comes to matters of safety and health, there is no distinction

between our permanent workforce and full-time contractors. All

individuals follow the same practices, procedures and policies,

participate in the same training and medical surveillance processes,

and have equal access to chronic disease management services

and mental health support. This aligned approach brings about

consistency in both the management and mitigation of health

and safety risks. All workers have the right to refuse unsafe or

unhealthy work or conditions without fear of recrimination. We

regularly create awareness of this right to ensure that it is enacted

by employees and respected by managers.

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE

Following an explosion at Grosvenor mine in Queensland,

Australia, where all emergency protocols were followed and the

workforce was safely evacuated without injury, we conducted a

review of our own preparedness for an incident of this magnitude.

While we have emergency preparedness and response plans in

place, it is important that they and critical controls be tested under

a full mine evacuation drill, with the relevant service providers

that would be involved in such an emergency. This was done in

2024 and will be repeated annually. This includes simulations on

proto fans and/or blowers and refuge bay pressurisation for life

sustainability. We are also assessing risks and integrating learnings

from a Coaltech refuge bay life sustainability study.

ASSURANCE

We conduct internal and external assurance audits to ensure that

our operations meet the necessary safety and health standards

and comply with relevant legislation. By conducting regular audits,

we monitor performance and implement necessary changes to

mitigate risks and improve overall compliance. Assurance takes

place at three levels, starting with first level assurance in which

employees and managers are empowered to take ownership of

risks, self-correct deviations and demonstrate how safety and

health objectives can be achieved in their daily activities. Second

level assurance sees functional owners and subject matter experts

provide monitoring, analysis and support to ensure the achievement

of these objectives across the organisation. Third level assurance

is conducted by independent auditors and assurance services that

provide an objective, external assessment of governance and risk

management practices.

![]()

90

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

PERFORMANCE

This shift – together with the inclusion of a standardised and more

specific set of safety key results areas in leaders’ performance

contracts, was made in response to a regression in our safety

performance in 2023.

The findings of investigations into HPIs during this period revealed

that these occurrences were, almost without exception, the result of

individuals’ failure to check and/or apply critical controls.

Over and above our own ongoing critical control verification

process, we contracted an independent team to commence a

rigorous testing and assurance process to identify potential risks and

provide valuable recommendations to improve our critical control

processes.

We are pleased to report that these and other actions contributed to

a significantly improved safety performance with, first and foremost,

zero loss of life. The Group total recordable case frequency rate

(TRCFR) improved from 2.80 in 2023 to 1.93

LA

in 2024. Group total

recordable injuries fell from 48 in 2023 to 26 in 2024, while total

work related injuries (including first aid cases) dropped to 186

LA

in

2024 from 234 in 2023.

In South Africa, the TRCFR declined 23% to 1.07, from the previous

year’s 1.40 and two HPIs occurred in 2024 compared to 10 in 2023.

In Australia, Ensham achieved a radical improvement in its TRCFR

which stands at 13.21 (2023: 22.63). This step-change was brought

about by a focus on improving and maintaining conditions underfoot,

a concerted effort to enhance leadership visibility in the workplace

and by ensuring the effective implementation of controls. A ‘stop

and reset’ process has been introduced. This requires work groups

to stop, discuss, reflect and act, even when a minor incident occurs.

While we recognise and value this progress, we remain acutely

aware that safety is an ongoing journey. Achieving our goal of a

zero-harm business will require sustained efforts and commitment

from every employee and manager, continued investment in

innovative technologies and a deeply embedded safety culture.

\*per million hours worked.

### SAFETY

In 2024, safety became an additional pillar of our business strategy, reinforcing its significance

to our business. By making it our first strategic pillar, we sent a clear message to all levels of

leadership that the elimination of harm comes before all else.

2024 Safety performance 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020

Fatality

0

RA

1 0 1 1

TRCFR\*

1.93

LA

2.80

South Africa

1.07

1.40 1.41 1.35 1. 51

Australia

13.21

22.63

Lost-time injury frequency rate (LTIFR)\*

1.23

LA

2.17

South Africa

0.66

0.97 0.85 0.81 0.85

Australia

8.58

19.20

Lost-time injuries

26

48 15 15 17

Medical treatment cases

15

13 10 9 12

Total recordable cases

41

62 25 25 30

TRCFR (Per million

hoursworked)

2023: 2.80

1.93

Fatality

2023: 1

0

LTIFR (Per million

hoursworked)

2023: 2.17

1.23

HPIs

2023: 10

2

![]()

91

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### STRATEGY

#### Our safety strategy is based on three key areas: getting the basics right, work management

#### and sustainable risk reduction through culture change.

The basics are the fundamental principles that, when consistently

adhered to, ensure that no employee comes to harm in the execution

of their duties. These include the Six Essentials for safe production,

namely:

•  rigorous planning;

•  safe work area design;

•  systematic change management;

•  effective supervision;

•  correct tools and equipment; and

•  creating a competent workforce.

Employees must also abide by the 13 life-saving Eyethu Rules created

in 2017, as a collective effort by leadership and labour to eradicate

fatalities in the workplace. Before their inception, safety rules were

exclusively set by management and often felt distant and unclear to

the general labour force. The Eyethu Rules marked a pivotal shift, as

unions and management collaborated to develop clear, easy-to-

understand and universally owned safety guidelines that address

priority unwanted events. These include fall of ground, contact with

mobile machinery and failure to lock out. ‘Eyethu’ is the Zulu word

for ‘ours’ and underscores a collective responsibility for safety.

Other basics include the requirement for all leaders to undertake

routine focused leadership interactions in the field, high-risk work

verifications for non-routine tasks, critical control monitoring and

HPH reporting and incident management.

GETTING THE BASICS RIGHT

Work management is an operating model that integrates ORM into

the planning of all tasks. Fully implemented at four of our South

African sites, it establishes a structured framework for the approval,

planning, resourcing, scheduling and execution of all work through

a centralised, site-based work management hub.

Planning, resourcing and scheduling were previously managed by

frontline leaders who faced considerable pressure balancing these

duties while overseeing safety. The model alleviates this burden

and enables leaders to focus on more effectively supervising their

teams. It also facilitates high-quality planning, which is statistically

proven to be 75% safer, 30% more productive and 20% more cost-

effective than unplanned work.

Further supporting this model is the deployment of intrinsically

safe mobile devices for employees working underground and

in the field. These devices enable real-time task management,

reducing reliance on office-based functions and freeing up time

for employees to focus on managing safety within their teams.

WORK MANAGEMENT

To build a strong safety culture, our frontline leaders must be well-

equipped to lead effectively. In 2024, we launched a survey to

establish a baseline of our safety culture on the frontline. The goal

is to understand how frontline leaders view themselves and how

their teams experienced their leadership.

The survey is based on our new frontline leadership development

programme, the DuPont Sustainable Risk Reduction principles we

introduced in 2018 and 2019, and the Six Essentials.

Nearly 70% of frontline leaders were evaluated last year, with the

remaining assessments planned for 2025. The intention is to provide

each leader with information to inform the creation of a personal

development plan.

For supervisors who have completed the formal training, this serves

as a refresher, helping them to revisit key topics and structure their

focus areas. For those who have not completed the training, the

baseline provides a clear starting point and highlights specific

areas to prioritise during training and coaching. The overall results

identify trends across operations, highlight challenges for frontline

supervisors and inform site-specific action plans to strengthen

support. These assessments will be conducted annually to track

individual and operational progress over time.

SUSTAINABLE RISK REDUCTION THROUGH CULTURE CHANGE

![]()

92

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

TRAINING

Frontline leaders are accountable for ensuring that our safety

strategy is effectively applied in working areas and are

instrumental in driving a strong safety culture. We continued

with the implementation of our frontline leadership programme

which empowers supervisory personnel with the knowledge and

skills to enhance safety communication and engagement, role

modelling and accountability within their teams. Employees who

have completed the programme undergo an evaluation process to

monitor their progress, identify areas for improvement and trigger

interventions to improve their performance.

We also provided learning-from-incidents training to colleagues

in middle management and above, while all employees receive

training in ORM.

Every two years, underground workers in South Africa visit

Kloppersbos, a fire and explosions testing, training and research

facility managed by the Council for Scientific and Industrial

Research. This facility plays a crucial role in enhancing safety in

industries susceptible to fires and explosions, with awareness on

mine fire and explosion safety. The unique location and size of the

facility allow for the demonstration of large-scale detonations, so

that trainees witness first-hand the devastating consequences that

methane and coal dust explosions can have on people and their

environments.

SAFETY AWARENESS

Safety awareness and communication are prioritised throughout

the year and are intensified during high-risk periods. Historical

data in the mining industry reveals that accidents and incidents

are more likely to occur in the run-up to the festive season and

then, again, as employees return to work early the following year.

To maintain high levels of safety energy and engagement, each

mine developed a tailored campaign aimed at fostering increased

participation through games and challenges that reinforce daily

health and safety practices. For example, Greenside introduced

T-Uno, a Thungela twist on the classic card game Uno, to help

employees refresh their understanding of critical controls relevant

to their sections. Similarly, Goedehoop’s football-themed initiative

encouraged employees to identify and report HPIs for a chance

to score and win. Isibonelo’s campaign was centred on Snakes

and Ladders, with the snakes representing workplace risks and

hazards, while the ladders symbolised the controls that guide

employees to the safe completion of every task.

![]()

93

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

COMPLIANCE

In South Africa, safety and health are regulated under the Mine

Health and Safety Act, while Ensham is regulated under the

Queensland Coal Mining Act 1999 and Regulations 2017.

We maintain a strong, collaborative relationship with the

Department of Mineral and Petroleum Resources and its safety

inspectorate. In 2024, the regulator issued one safety-related

Section 54 notice. A Section 54 is a provision under the South

African Mine Health and Safety Act that grants the Chief Inspector

of Mines the authority to suspend operations at a mine or specific

section if there is an immediate threat to the health and safety of

workers.

To promote accountability and transparency, we have an internal

Section 54 process that stops sections, departments or equipment

based on the risks identified so that these can be resolved before

work continues. This is followed by an internal review process of the

stoppage, an investigation into why risks were present and actions

to prevent them from occurring again.

#### LOOKING AHEAD

We will focus on the fundamentals and ensure that the right

routines are in place to support management, that systems are

optimally used and that we leverage the data we have at our

disposal to improve safety. Operations took full ownership of their

SHE campaigns and plans for the second year in 2024, and we

will continue to monitor their progress. Assurance, oversight and

governance will continue from a central level.

![]()

94

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### HEALTH AND WELLBEING

#### We prevent and mitigate occupational health risks and help employees to achieve optimal

#### physical, mental, financial and psychosocial wellbeing.

This involves:

•  making people aware of the health risks present in their working environments;

•  eliminating or mitigating these risks by applying robust systems, standards and controls;

•  implementing technical solutions to engineer out hazards;

•  real-time monitoring of exposure levels and ongoing progress against industry milestones; and

•  providing resources to help employees effectively manage their personal health.

Primary workplace health risks include respirable dust and noise, followed by ergonomics, thermal stress and, increasingly, mental stress

due to a combination of work and personal pressures.

During the year, five

LA

employees were diagnosed with noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL), and one with chronic obstructive airways disease

(COAD).

ERGONOMICS THERMAL

STRESS

MENTAL

STRESS

NOISEDUST

![]()

95

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### APPROACH TO

#### OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Unlike workplace injuries and fatalities, which have

immediate and visible impacts, the effects of

occupational illness manifest over time with

potentially devastating outcomes.

Therefore, health must be approached with the

same uncompromising standards as safety. This

requires rigorous hazard identification and

control, comprehensive incident reporting and

investigation, and a commitment to learning from

past cases to generate ongoing improvements in

our performance.

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE

Monitoring worker health is a vital part of our approach as it enables us to screen

and address early illness due to lifestyle and workplace factors. It also enables

us to assess the effectiveness of our controls so that existing health management

strategies can be reinforced and refined.

All new employees and contractors undergo an initial medical assessment to

establish their baseline health. This is followed by examinations for the annual

medical certificate of fitness. Our in-house medical service and occupational

health centre in South Africa make use of an advanced digital health and hygiene

linkage system that enables health professionals to capture, track and analyse each

employee’s exposure profile over time. Possible cases of occupational disease are

investigated so that appropriate actions can be taken.

MANAGING OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE

Our most critical workplace health risks are coal dust and noise. Coal dust,

due to its potential to cause occupational lung diseases such as coal workers’

pneumoconiosis and COAD, and noise, which poses a significant risk for

permanent hearing loss over time.

Our goal is to eliminate these hazards by engineering them out at source, however,

where this cannot be done, they should be reduced to levels as low as may be

reasonably practicable. We assess the effectiveness of controls through continuous

real-time monitoring and the critical control verification process.

Employees receive regular training and awareness on occupational health risks

and how they should be dealt with. We also strictly enforce the use of personal

protective equipment (PPE) where occupational exposure levels exceed set limits.

PPE, including customised hearing protection and items specifically designed for

women, meets national and international quality standards.

REALTIME MONITORING

Recent developments in sampling technology enable

real-time dust monitoring, which allows workers to

respond immediately when thresholds are reached.

In the past, exceedances were only identified through

the use of retrospective laboratory testing, which

resulted in a far more reactive response.

These technologies monitor environmental conditions

and the performance of engineering controls and

trigger alerts when controls fail. This prompts early

root-cause analysis to prevent repeats. During the

year, employees were trained on how to respond

to audible and visual alerts as per the trigger action

response plan for dust.

HAZARD REPORTING

Employees are encouraged to report not only high-

potential safety hazards but also health hazards that

may result in negative outcomes. During the year,

members of the workforce reported and dealt with

362 HPHs (2023: 124). This marks a significant

improvement in reporting and demonstrates

employees’ growing commitment to addressing these

hazards.

![]()

96

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### MANAGING DUST

Long-term exposure to coal and crystalline silica dust heightens

the risk of occupational lung diseases such as coal workers’

pneumoconiosis, COAD and occupational tuberculosis (TB). To

mitigate these risks, we place strong emphasis on proactive risk

management, regulatory compliance and early detection.

Underground workers in high-risk exposure groups now carry

hand-held real-time dust monitors to alert them of an exceedance,

while static real-time dust monitoring devices have been installed

in continuous mining machines and at intake airways. Goedehoop,

which received a CoalSAFE award for its proactive work on

reducing exposure, trialled a foam additive to aid suppression in

hotspots such as belt drives and conveyor transfer points. Apart from

using less water, the foam being tested provides seven times more

coverage around airborne particles than traditional systems and

remains effective for up to three hours after application.

Enhancements like these will continue to drive a steady reduction in

the number of employees who are exposed to respirable hazards. In

2024, a total of 396

LA

employees in South Africa operated in areas

classified in the homogenous exposure group (HEG) A-Category

compared with 522 the previous year and 639 in 2022.

Our mines ordered 47 internal stoppages to address failures in dust

and noise controls. These proactive holds are viewed in a positive

light as they demonstrate site teams’ dedication to prioritising health

over production.

We received an application for certification of a class action from

Richard Spoor Incorporated on behalf of various applicants and

potential claimants in relation to coal miners’ pneumoconiosis

with or without COAD. This is one of four such applications that

have been filed against several current and historical coal mining

companies. We, like other respondents, have filed an answering

affidavit. Richard Spoor Incorporated, on behalf of the applicants,

may now file replying affidavits and related processes to which

we will respond appropriately. The applications are under judicial

case management. We anticipate that should the certification

applications proceed, these may be considered by the court in

November 2025.

#### HEARING CONSERVATION

The potential for NIHL is a concern we manage through ongoing

education and awareness, engineering controls and the mandatory

use of hearing protection in areas where employees are exposed

to noise levels of 85 A-weighted decibels (dBA) or more. Annual

and ad hoc audiometric screenings also provide early warning of

hearing deterioration, allowing for timely corrective action.

Each of our sites has an equipment noise register to record noise

sources, sound pressure levels and control measures. Our primary

focus remains on controlling exposure at source and protecting

employees who work in environments where noise levels exceed

an eight-hour time-weighted average (TWA) of 85 dBA.

The incidence of exposure to levels greater than 85 dBA over an

eight-hour TWA in South Africa increased to 3,706

LA

in 2024 from

3,622 in 2023.

![]()

97

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### PROGRESS AGAINST TARGETS

PROGRESS AGAINST THE MHSC’S 2024 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH MILESTONES

Progress against the Mine Health and Safety Council’s (MHSC) targets on noise and dust

which ran until December 2024 is shown below. The MHSC recently released new milestones

for 2034. We will work towards these with sustained focus and diligence to ensure continuous

improvement and compliance. We have exceeded the targets set for TB and HIV.

\*Previously unexposed individuals were not exposed to mining dust before December 2008 (equivalent to a new person entering the industry in 2009).

Noise-induced hearing loss  Milestone  Performance against target

To eliminate noise-induced hearing

loss by December 2024.

•  No new cases of NIHL by December 2024.

•  Total noise emitted by any piece of equipment

may not exceed a milestone sound pressure

level of 107 dBA.

•  No employee’s standard threshold shift should

exceed 25 dBA from the baseline when

averaged at 2,000, 3,000 and 4,000 hertz in

one or both ears.

•  Five

LA

cases of NIHL recorded in 2024

(2023: 2).

•  No equipment emitting sound pressure levels

above 107 dBA.

•  No workers fall under HEG category A.

•  Employees exposed to noise above 85 dBA

over an eight-hour TWA are provided with

custom-made hearing protection devices.

Coal workers’ pneumoconiosis Milestone  Performance against target

To eliminate coal workers’

pneumoconiosis by December 2024.

•  No new cases of coal workers’

pneumoconiosis by December 2024.

•  95% of exposure measurement results for coal

dust will be below the milestone level of 1.5

mg/m

3

and for crystalline silica dust below the

milestone level of 0.05 mg/m

3

by December

2024.

•  Using current diagnostic techniques, no new

cases of pneumoconiosis will occur among

previously unexposed individuals\*.

•  We have not recorded any cases of coal

workers’ pneumoconiosis since 2019.

•  Due to the implementation of control measures,

we have seen a continued reduction in the

number of people in the HEG A-category.

94% of coal dust measurement results in

2024 were below 1.5 mg/m

3

compared to

88% in 2023. 98% of crystalline silica dust

measurement results in 2024 were below

0.05 mg/m

3

compared to 98% the previous

year.

New cases of occupational disease 2024 2023 2022 2 021 2020

Noise-induced hearing loss

5

LA

2 2  2 1 6

Chronic obstructive airways disease

1 0 1 0 0

Occupational TB

4 2 1 0 0

Occupational asthma

0 0 0 0 0

Coal workers’ pneumoconiosis

0 0 0 0 0

![]()

98

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### HIV

We have made tremendous strides in the fight against HIV/AIDS. Our strategy on HIV is aligned with UNAIDS’ 95-95-95 goals. A total

of 98% (2023: 98%) of permanent employees underwent voluntary HIV counselling and testing (HCT) in 2024. Of all employees who

live with HIV, 96% are on treatment and of these, 83% have suppressed viral loads. We are pleased to report that new infections came

down to eight from 20 in 2023 and 33 the previous year. The MHSC’s 2024 target for HIV in the mining industry was to offer HIV HCT

to 100% of employees annually and that all eligible employees should be on an antiretroviral treatment programme.

#### TUBERCULOSIS

The mining industry in South Africa was historically a high-risk sector for TB transmission, driven by long-term exposure to silica dust,

high HIV co-infection rates and poor living conditions. Targeted efforts to address these factors have led to significant progress, with the

industry surpassing the MHSC goal to reduce TB incidence to below national levels.

For more than two decades, our business has maintained a strong focus on TB management. This commitment has led to a substantial

reduction in TB incidence to 114 cases per 100,000 employees. This is significantly lower than both the industry and national averages

of 278 per 100,000 and 537 per 100,000, respectively.

We remain committed to eliminating TB through a rigorous approach that includes regular screening, contact tracing and treatment.

Collaboration remains a cornerstone of our strategy, with key partnerships including the Department of Health (DOH) and community-

based organisations such as The Employment Bureau of Africa (TEBA), which plays a vital role in tracing and treating infected employees,

contractors and dependents. During the year, our medical service partnered with the Maternal, Adolescent and Child Health Institute

(MatCH) to provide computer-aided detection for TB. This screening uses artificial intelligence to analyse chest X-rays to detect TB-related

abnormalities. This enhanced both our screening programme and collaboration with the DOH.

In the past year, four cases of cardio-respiratory TB were identified (2023: 2). We have not reported a single TB-related death within

our permanent workforce since 2018.

![]()

99

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### EMPLOYEE WELLBEING

Wellness is a core part of our value of Care and Respect. Therefore,

we are dedicated to supporting our employees in achieving optimal

wellbeing across all aspects of their lives.

These include optimum physical and mental health, financial

stability and psychosocial wellbeing. When employees achieve

these, they are able to contribute to a positive workplace culture,

enhanced productivity and a safer working environment.

Our wellness policy commits to:

•  fostering a work environment that supports activities, choices

and lifestyles that lead to a state of holistic health;

•  ensuring physical, psychosocial, occupational and financial

wellbeing;

•  fostering an organisational climate and culture that improves

health, wellness and maximum productivity;

•  a preventative wellness programme that reduces health risks

and supports treatment; and

•  ensuring a non-discriminatory workplace for employees with

all health conditions.

PHYSICAL HEALTH

In addition to annual examinations for the medical certificate of

fitness, employees and contractors are actively encouraged to

undergo a series of physical health checks.

These activities are critical as non-communicable diseases,

including heart disease, diabetes and cancer, kill 41 million people

each year, and now account for 74% of all deaths worldwide.

In our South African business, these checks are referred to as the

‘Vital Six’ and are undertaken by members of our in-house health

service during visits to mines and centralised service departments.

They include body mass index, blood pressure, blood sugar,

cholesterol, HIV counselling and testing, and screening for TB,

all of which contribute to early diagnosis and improved overall

health outcomes. During the year, 98% (2023: 98%) of permanent

employees underwent these checks.

This success would not be possible without the dedication of site

Be Well teams, comprising employee volunteers who proactively

organise health campaigns and activities to encourage employees

to undergo health tests. They offer information on monthly health

topics, encourage diet and exercise and arrange periodic sports

events. Their enthusiasm and commitment are commendable and

deserve recognition.

Sites also receive regular visits from the Cancer Association of

South Africa which offers screenings for skin, breast, cervical and

prostate cancer.

![]()

100

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

MENTAL HEALTH

At the end of 2024, Reality Wellness took over the management of

our long-standing employee assistance programme, which offers

professional and confidential support to employees and their

registered beneficiaries across a range of issues.

One of the new programme’s key features is on-site counselling,

which provides greater accessibility to support services. During

the year, the most prevalent concerns among employees included

stress, health and safety, absenteeism, partner or spousal issues,

and trauma. Each of our operations have volunteer mental health

first-aiders who help colleagues access the support they need from

internal and external health and wellness channels.

![]()

101

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

FINANCIAL WELLNESS

Our Bokamoso financial wellness programme in South Africa has delivered substantial financial benefits to employees,

with nearly 1,100 individuals receiving assistance in 2024.

Collectively, employees saved R13.7 million through various financial services and refunds. These include R8.7 million

saved through debt relief instalments, R4.2 million from interest on debts and R825,000 gained through savings from

loan audits and tax refunds.

In addition to direct financial savings, debt relief solutions had a tangible effect on employees’ lives as four were

able to save their homes from repossession, four retained ownership of their vehicles and a further four received debt

clearance certificates.

Bokamoso’s educational programmes have played a crucial role in empowering employees with financial knowledge.

Throughout the year, more than 1,000 individuals received training on financial literacy, retirement planning and wills.

While debt counselling remains a fundamental aspect of Bokamoso, retirement planning gained increased attention,

particularly with the introduction of the country’s new two-pot system.

Since Bokamoso’s inception in 2017, a significant transformation has been made in employee financial health. At the

time, just 19% of employees were found to be in a healthy financial position, 15% were borderline healthy and an

alarming 66% in an unhealthy predicament. The past few years have seen a financial transformation with 66% of the

workforce now enjoying a healthy financial lifestyle, 25% borderline healthy and just 10% unhealthy.

#### LOOKING AHEAD

In 2025, we aim to enhance screening and the linkage to care for employees with non-communicable diseases so that

they are able to manage their health effectively.

101

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

102

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

To achieve our objectives, we must attract and retain a team of high-calibre individuals, something that

is aided through our ongoing participation in the international Top Employer Institute’s certification

programme. This body recognises organisations that are committed to meeting the highest standards

across their people practices.

We were certified as a Top Employer for the third time in 2024 and made considerable improvements

in key areas such as leadership, career development, diversity, equity and inclusion, and wellbeing.

### OUR PEOPLE

As a leading organisation, we rely on a workforce that is committed to

operational excellence and the achievement of our ESG commitments

within a safe and supportive working environment.

WORKPLACE CULTURE

Our values form the foundation of our organisational culture and should be upheld by all employees. Leaders, in particular, are expected

to model these values through their daily actions and decisions.

Embedding our values and their associated behaviours remains a major priority. In 2024, this was achieved through various initiatives.

For example, it has become customary to open meetings with a ‘values share’, while a strong values component has been integrated into

our leadership development and performance management programmes.

Additionally, we introduced a monthly segment called Values Stars in our weekly employee newsletter to recognise employees and

contractors who exemplify our values in their daily work. To deepen employee engagement, we also hosted our inaugural choir

competition, Values Through Song.

Culture champions are tasked with implementing targeted actions to address deficiencies that

were identified during an employee survey and baseline culture assessment at our mines. Further

surveys to track employee satisfaction levels and progress on embedding our culture are planned

for 2025.

![]()

103

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

Living the shared values ensures the

desired culture is embedded

Leaders role model the values and shape the culture

#### To responsibly create value, together, for a shared future

Safety

Care and

respect

Accountability Excellence Agility Entrepreneurship

We

Enrich

Safety

Drive

our ESG

aspirations

Maximise

the full potential

of our assets

Optimise

capital

allocation

We

Energise

We

Embrace

We

Empower

We

Engage

We

Care

Create

future

diversification options

321

Our culture allows us to achieve our five-pillar strategy.

The values that guide our behaviour.

How we behave every day is The Thungela Way. This is our culture.

EMPLOYEE RECOGNITION

By valuing team and individual efforts, we not only boost

morale but also inspire a shared commitment to our success.

Our #ThungelaTogether Entrepreneurship Challenge in South

Africa encouraged employees at all levels to implement projects

and ideas for safer, more productive and cost-effective ways of

working. The initiative was founded on the understanding that those

working on the frontline know their jobs best and have a central

role to play in the organisation’s achievements. Winning innovators

were awarded cash prizes and received well-deserved recognition

for their contributions.

Our annual long-service awards are a highlight of our calendar

and honour the loyalty, commitment and dedication of long-

serving employees and the support they have been given by their

families over many years. In 2024, we celebrated 82 long-serving

employees with a combined 2,500 years of service.

TALENT ATTRACTION AND RETENTION

Our success begins with securing exceptional individuals who are

capable of taking our business forward. In a highly competitive

talent market, this requires more than attractive remuneration and

benefits. It demands a strong employer brand, opportunities for

professional growth and development, and a workplace culture

that fosters engagement and innovation. Additionally, ESG

considerations play an important role in the attraction and retention

of talent, particularly as younger employees seek to align their

professional and personal values. Core elements of our employee

value proposition are work environment, career growth, benefits,

reward and recognition.

![]()

104

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

• A values-driven culture

• Ethics, integrity and social responsibility

• Market position

• Leadership behaviour that drives

excellence

• We deliver on commitments and are

responsible and accountable for our

actions

• We embrace diversity

• Corporate social responsibility

• We celebrate success

• Energised company

• Employer of choice

• Alignment across people, organisational

culture, values and principles

• Shaped by our ambition, values and

goals

• A shared sense of purpose

• Inspires innovation and values

ongoing learning, career growth and

development

• Agile decision-making and open

communication

• Mental and physical wellness

programmes

• Support healthy work-life balance

#### Culture Work environment Benefits

We

Embrace

We

Empower

We

Engage

We

Enrich

We Care

• Industry competitive remuneration

• Performance bonuses

• Retirement, medical aid/insurance,

death and disability cover

• Paid annual and maternity leave

exceeding legal requirements

• Increases and career progression

• Share schemes

• Career growth and development

• A learning culture that encourages

continuous and anywhere learning

• High-performance culture with

continuous feedback

• Ongoing career discussions

• Individually tailored development plans

• Stretch assignments

• Linear and non-linear career paths

• Education assistance

#### Reward and recognition Career growth

#### OUR EMPLOYEE VALUE PROPOSITION

C

u

l

t

u

r

e

W

o

r

k

e

n

v

i

r

o

n

m

e

n

t

B

e

n

e

fi

t

s

R

e

w

a

r

d

a

n

d

r

e

c

o

g

n

i

t

i

o

n

C

a

r

e

e

r

g

r

o

w

t

h

![]()

105

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### THIS IS THE THUNGELA WAY

WE ENRICH

We offer an enriching world of work

in which employees are encouraged

to fulfil their potential. Individual

development plans, exciting career

paths and opportunities to stretch

themselves all unlock meaningful

growth and development.

WE ENGAGE

We support agile decision-making

and honest, open communication.

Our leaders strive always to be

engaged and open to ideas,

including dissenting views. This is

how we grow together.

WE EMPOWER

We empower our employees with

the trust and autonomy they need to

achieve results. Where possible, we

have flexible, productive working

arrangements. We also support a

healthy work-life balance.

WE EMBRACE

Being a good employer means

creating a sense of belonging where

people can bring their whole selves

to work. We believe in embracing the

differences that make our people, and

our business, unique.

WE ENERGISE

We are bold, ambitious and driven

by an owner-mindset. This means

having an engaged workforce with

a high-performance culture.

WE CARE

Core to our culture is the value

of Care and Respect. Apart from

caring for our people’s safety and

overall wellbeing, we care for our

environment and host communities.

![]()

106

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Our centralised learning and development centre, along with

dedicated training facilities at each mine, ensure that employees

have the necessary support to excel in their roles. All our training

facilities in South Africa hold ISO 9001:2015 certification,

which underscores our commitment to quality and continuous

improvement. These sites received updated approvals from the

Mining Qualifications Authority at the end of 2024.

During the year, we invested R194.5 million in training, which

accounts for 4.6% of our wage bill, compared with the previous

year’s R185.5 million and 4.4%. The average training time per

employee came down to 222 hours (2023: 271) and our investment

in per-employee training to R20,614 (2023: R23,085). These

reductions are largely attributed to the increased use of virtual

training through our online learning platform. Women accounted

for 51% of total training hours.

#### LEARNING AND DEVELOPMENT

Ongoing learning and development supports safety and regulatory

compliance, improves productivity, enhances leadership and boosts

employee retention.

Number of

employees trained

Investment in training

(2023: 8,014)

(2023: R185.5 million)

9,435

R194.5

M

Average spent on training

per employee

Total training hours

(2023: R23,085)

(2023: 1.97 million)

R20,641 2.1

M

106

![]()

107

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

LEARNERSHIPS AND INTERNSHIPS

In 2024, 44 people joined our mining and engineering learnership

programme, bringing the total number of learners currently

enrolled to 229. This programme provides a structured pathway

for participants to gain both theoretical knowledge and practical

workplace skills ultimately leading to a National Qualifications

Framework-registered qualification. Learnerships are aligned with

site Social and Labour Plans and help grow our pool of qualified

artisans while attracting talent both from within the organisation

and host communities. Of the current cohort, 98.6% are black South

Africans, 36% are women, and 51% are community recruits.

We also support students who need practical experience to

complete their qualifications through our internship programme.

Over the year, 55 interns gained valuable, hands-on experience

at our sites.

STUDY ASSISTANCE

We encourage employees to further their qualifications and provide

financial support through our part-time study assistance scheme.

During the year, the scheme enabled 83 individuals across multiple

levels and disciplines to further their tertiary education. Of these,

92% are black South Africans and 55% women. Qualifications

were earned in four core areas of study, including, supply

chain management, human resources, engineering and business

administration.

LEADERSHIP AT THE FRONT LINE

More than 40% of supervisory personnel have completed our five-

day frontline leadership development programme. This programme

was introduced to address the key capability gaps that were

identified during day-in-the-life assessments conducted at three

of our mines.

It strengthens key foundational areas such as change management,

team performance, accountability, planning and decision-

making, while reinforcing our core values and The Thungela Way.

Additionally, it incorporates a robust safety component aligned

with our three-pillar safety strategy, getting the basics right, work

management and culture change. For further details, refer to page

91.

Coaches work closely with each delegate in their respective work

environments, helping them apply skills and knowledge gained in

the training room to real-world scenarios. During these sessions,

coaches also identify and document additional support needs

to ensure that each leader successfully meets the programme’s

objectives.

TALENT DEVELOPMENT AND

SUCCESSION PLANNING

We take a strategic approach to performance management, career

development and succession planning, all of which are aimed at

building a strong, agile and capable workforce that is aligned with

our values and goals.

The starting point in our talent management process begins with

identifying current and future leaders, supporting their growth

potential and bringing in fresh talent to enhance the depth and

diversity of our team. This approach is closely aligned with our

business’s evolving needs and strategic direction.

Significant emphasis is placed on succession planning to ensure

stability and continuity as employees retire, resign and transition

into new roles. This is particularly relevant in business-critical

functions.

Succession planning is aided by an annual personal development

planning process in which employees and their managers set

career goals, track progress against these and create personalised

plans to develop the necessary skills and experience to achieve

their ambitions.

DEVELOPING OUR TALENT PIPELINE

Our bursary scheme in South Africa is one of the primary ways we build a pipeline of future leaders and technical talent and is open to

school leavers who are interested in pursuing qualifications in technical fields. These include mining, electrical, mechanical, metallurgical,

industrial and rock engineering, geology, mineral surveying, the environmental sciences and ventilation and occupational hygiene

engineering. Of the 33 bursars currently in the programme, 24 come from local communities and 42% are women.

The scheme covers tuition, academic resources, accommodation and living expenses, and includes industry-relevant experience through

paid six- to eight-week periods of employment at our sites during university vacations. Importantly, the programme administrator provides

psychosocial support to help students navigate their years at university.

Our two- to three-year professional-in-training (PIT) programme equips university graduates with the hands-on skills and experience

they need to step into their roles. Under the guidance of seasoned mentors, they put into practice what they have learned at university,

while gaining the exposure and confidence required to excel in their chosen fields. Each PIT undertakes a business improvement project

which they present to the company’s senior leadership team. In many instances, their fresh insights and perspectives are adopted as

viable solutions to long-standing business challenges. Our PIT programme currently comprises 48 graduates, 47% of whom are women.

Some 54% of PITs originate from local communities.

![]()

108

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

The Thungela Leadership Academy, which is run in partnership

with the University of Pretoria’s Gordon Institute of Business

Science, entered its third year and continues to enhance the

depth of leadership talent across the organisation.

The academy currently offers five core programmes, namely:

Ascend for young leaders and PITs, Explore for middle

managers, Exceed for senior managers and GM Accelerate for

current and future general managers.

In 2024, we introduced a new offering, ‘Women Empowered:

Rise, Lead and Transform’ for female managers in collaboration

with Duke Corporate Education.

Programmes are continually reviewed and refined to ensure

that delegates gain the maximum value from their learning

experience, while the business achieves a strong return on its

investment in leadership development.

One of the academy’s key objectives is to build leadership

capability focused on our values and culture. In 2024, we

implemented a 360-degree impact assessment that will enable

us to measure meaningful shifts in leadership behaviour.

#### THE THUNGELA LEADERSHIP ACADEMY

93 employees graduated from

the leadership academy in 2024

(2023: 81).

MINERALS EDUCATION TRUST FUND

We contributed R3.8 million to the Minerals Education Trust Fund, an industry initiative in South Africa that supports and enhances

university education for the next generation of mining professionals. This funding enables universities to attract and retain top-tier faculty

members who specialise in a range of disciplines, including mining, metallurgical engineering and geological sciences. The initiative

benefits approximately 5,600 undergraduates at nine universities nationwide. Thungela holds a position on the fund’s board.

DIGITAL HUMAN RESOURCES

We have made significant progress in the shift towards digital

human resources that improve the efficiency of people processes

and enhance employees’ experience of the world of work.

Individual development planning and talent and performance

management are all facilitated online, while our learner experience

platform has become an indispensable tool for a growing number

of employees who use it to advance their personal and professional

development.

Apart from its role in streamlining mandatory training online, the

platform offers more than 45,000 courses that enable interested

employees to learn in their own time and at their own pace.

Offerings may take between 20 minutes and 12 months to complete,

depending on the skills or competencies being developed, and

each successfully completed course comes with a certificate of

completion.

In 2024, we recognised the platform’s most prolific users. One

employee has completed 60 courses on, among other things, the

fundamentals of finance, the Lean Six Sigma, business analytics,

Microsoft Excel and a variety of short modules on health and

wellness.

Our learning and development centre, which trains approximately

2,300 employees in person every year, has implemented electronic

attendance registers, while delegates complete flagship courses

using digital tablets. Trainers also use tablets in the marking of

practical assessments.

A significant focus for us in the coming years will be to address the

gap between digitally enabled employees and those who do not

have direct access to computers due to the nature of their work.

We are in the process of exploring a mobile platform that will

ultimately provide these employees with the same 24/7 self-

service options their computer-enabled colleagues enjoy. For

example, checking leave balances, updating contact information

and banking details, and downloading pay slips, tax documents

and increase letters. Another digital innovation in the people space

is the introduction of facial recognition at shaft entrances at two of

our sites.

![]()

109

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT

In 2024, we introduced SAP’s SuccessFactors performance and goal management solution to better manage individual and team

performance. This digital system enables managers and employees to track progress on key results areas and development needs through

regular check-ins and year-end reviews. A culture of continuous feedback is central to this approach and ensures ongoing engagement

and improvement.

The system is aligned with our performance management framework which, for PITs and employees in middle management and above,

is linked to a variable pay component or short-term incentive. This is based on a 30:70 split between individual and team performance,

with ESG metrics making up 20% of the team performance measure. For details, please refer to the remuneration report in our integrated

annual report. Skilled and semi-skilled levels benefit from performance-based production bonuses.

109

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

110

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

COMMUNITY SKILLS

COMMUNITY SCHOLARSHIP SCHEME

Improving access to quality education and skills and reducing the reliance of host communities on our mines through small business

development are two of our four socio-economic development goals. Vocational training equips people with practical, marketable skills

that enhance their ability to access employment or start their own business ventures. Our programmes not only help participants secure

jobs during our mines’ operational lives but also prepare them for sustainable opportunities beyond closure. Occupational areas include

operator training, security, hair and beauty, solar panel installation, baking and cookery, plumbing, tiling, electrics, bricklaying and

sewing. By providing hands-on training – often accompanied by modules on entrepreneurship, we help empower individuals to build

resilient futures and enable them to contribute to their communities in the longer term.

Mafube, for instance, partnered with a local technical training college to enable 100 individuals to earn certified qualifications in tiling,

bricklaying, hairdressing and the installation of renewable energy systems, while a further15 people became professional bakers. Zibulo

gave 10 school leavers from Mabande High School an opportunity to become fully-trained seamstresses, while Isibonelo provided

security learnerships for 26 individuals.

Looking at technology, Khwezela invested in a six-week coding course for 10 unemployed youths. On completion of the programme,

two participants were awarded an opportunity to join AfriCAN Code as facilitators for coding and robotics.

During the year, our sites trained 359 people from host communities.

One of the educational initiatives we are most proud of is our community scholarship scheme, which has paved the way for 112 bright

young people to achieve qualifications from tertiary institutions. More than 50% of these qualifications have been gained in commerce

and engineering, with 17% in the sciences, 13% in health and related disciplines and 5% each in law and information technology.

These scholarships are awarded exclusively to local school leavers who come from economically challenging backgrounds. Unlike

the Thungela Bursary Scheme, the programme does not require students to pursue mining-related fields. Nor do they have a service

obligation to the company upon graduation. At the end of 2024, we connected with our most recent scholars at a gathering organised

to introduce them to our business.

Dr Kabelo Mashego earned his medical degree on a community scholarship and described it as ‘the lifeline to his future’.

“Studying medicine demands long hours, intense dedication and resilience.

With the financial assistance provided, I was able to focus entirely on my

studies. The scholarship hasn’t just changed my life, but the lives of my family

and, one day, the patients and communities I will serve.”

students supported

157

million investment over 10 years

R67

![]()

111

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

LEARNERSHIPS FOR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES

We completed the fourth instalment of our 12-month learnership programme for people with disabilities. Applicants are sourced exclusively

from host communities and are all under the age of 35. This year, 55 participants gained National Qualifications Framework level four

and five qualifications in supply chain, project management and business administration. The initiative has benefited 150 people with

disabilities since its inception in 2021.

Breakdown on learning and

development

Expenditure

(Rm)

No of

participants\*

Historically

disadvantaged

persons (HDP) (%)

Women (%)

Programme

2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023

Bursaries

16.5 16.2 16 4 177 92 97 54 59

Internships, learnerships andPITs

115.8 110.3 535 549 98 96 47 48

Work-integrated learning (accredited learning)

18.45 14.4 1,476 1,293 93 92 29 26

Informal training (external providers)

28.3 36.7 2,999 3,206 90 90 25 23

Informal training (internal trainers)

15.4 7.5 4,261 2,789 87 89 26 23

\*The number of participants is greater than the total number of employees trained as some employees attend more than one programme.

![]()

112

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Permanent employees 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020

Zibulo

886

915 949 896 925

Khwezela

575

562 557 545 980

Greenside

775

809 875 792 775

Goedehoop

715

777 783 797 799

Isibonelo

382

403 422 424 356

Mafube

419

424 427 410 378

Rietvlei

25

34 30 16 21

Head office and centralised services

509

507 549 566 642

Thungela Australia head office

11

10 0 0 0

Ensham

442

400 0 0 0

Thungela Marketing International

15

0 0 0 0

Total own employees

4,754 4,431 4,592 4,446 4,876

Mining contractors

2 ,112

1,855 1,760 1,825 2,269

Capital projects contractors

237

282 223 175 101

Total contracting staff\*

2,349 2 ,137 1,983 2,000 2,370

Total workforce

7,10 3 6,568 6,575 6,446 7,246

\* Numbers based on a fixed-term equivalent basis.

WORKFORCE DISTRIBUTION

#### OUR WORKFORCE

In 2024, our workforce comprised 4,754 permanent employees and 2,349 contractors based across three countries.

Additional information can be found in our

ESG data book available on our website

https://www.thungela.com/

investors/annual-reports

During the course of the year, our

South African business welcomed

179 new employees, while voluntary

labour turnover increased to 4.1% in

2024 compared to 3.8% last year.

The ratio of permanent employees

to fixed-term contractors is 1:16

(2023: 1:16).

112

![]()

113

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### CREATING AN INCLUSIVE AND DIVERSE WORKFORCE

We strive to create a workplace where every individual feels valued,

respected and free to be their whole, authentic selves regardless of

race, nationality, gender, age, religion, ability, sexual orientation

or identity. Our commitment is underpinned by our values and code

of conduct, which form the foundation of our inclusion and diversity

policy.

In South Africa, fostering a workplace that values and respects each

individual is not only the right thing to do but is also a legislative

requirement. This commitment includes prioritising the inclusion of

designated groups such as women, people of colour and individuals

with disabilities, as outlined in the country’s Employment Equity Act.

In November 2024, we introduced unconscious bias training

to help raise awareness of the biases that may influence how

individuals interact with others in professional settings. The training

will continue to be rolled out in 2025. We also celebrate national

and international Pride Month in solidarity with the LGBTQIA+

community.

We aim to create a workplace where every person feels safe and is

able to contribute fully and thrive. Our inclusion and diversity policy

is supported by the code of conduct and our policy on bullying,

harassment and victimisation (BHV).

ZEROTOLERANCE STANCE ON DISCRIMINATION, BULLYING, VICTIMISATION AND

HARASSMENT

We are committed to fostering a safe, respectful and inclusive

workplace for all employees and have zero-tolerance for any form

of discrimination and BHV.

Discrimination involves the direct or indirect unfair treatment of

another based on a prohibited ground such as race, gender,

religion, disability or sexual orientation, while BHV, as a form of

discrimination, is conduct that impairs another employee’s dignity.

In August 2024, the Department of Mineral and Petroleum

Resources issued a guidance note for the management of gender-

based violence and femicide (GBVF) and safety and security

challenges for women in the mining industry. This was issued

under the Mine Health and Safety Act and led to the drafting of a

mandatory code of practice. This focuses on, among other things,

reporting systems and support mechanisms, gender sensitivity

training, secure facilities, surveillance systems, and integration

with community efforts. A guideline has been developed to ensure

adherence.

Training on BHV now includes a discrimination component and

awareness of GBVF. It was completed by 95% of connected

employees and is rolled out to other levels during annual

induction training. During the year, one case of BHV was reported,

investigated and the necessary action taken.

![]()

114

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

CODE OF CONDUCT

Every year, employees and major suppliers must complete training on our code of conduct, business integrity policy and the Voluntary

Principles on Human Rights. Over the past three years, 93% of permanent employees have received training on the code via online and

face-to-face sessions.

We fully adhere to the principles outlined in the International Labour Organization’s Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights

at Work. Among these are each employee’s right to a safe and healthy working environment, equal pay for equal work and freedom of

association and collective bargaining. We do not tolerate discrimination in any form or the use of child and forced labour.

EMPLOYMENT EQUITY

Our transformation strategy continues to yield significant progress in improving the representation of historically disadvantaged South

Africans across all job levels. These efforts are driven by compliance with targets set by the Department of Employment and Labour

(DOEL) and our own internal benchmarks.

Employment equity targets are fully embedded in internal and external recruitment processes, including those for new hires and the

selection of candidates in our bursary, learnership and leadership development programmes.

In the past year, representation at senior management levels (excluding the executive committee) rose from 67% to 69%, while the

number of historically disadvantaged South Africans in middle management climbed from 74% to 77%, and junior management remained

unchanged at 85%.

Historically disadvantaged persons

inmanagement(%)

2024 2023 2022 2021 2020

Top management (executive committee)

38

38 38 38 33

Senior management

69

67 62 59 58

Middle management

77

74 72 70 66

Junior management

85

85 82 80 76

Core and critical

89

89 88 87 86

![]()

115

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES

We are committed to increasing our employment of people with disabilities. In 2023, the percentage of employees in this category rose

from 0.3% to 1.5%, and reached 1.7% during the period under review. To support ongoing growth in this area, all sites were subject to

an accessibility audit in 2023 and have since made several improvements to accommodate people with disabilities. These changes were

reviewed in 2024, with 80% found to be fully compliant with the audit’s recommendations. In addition, executive, senior and middle

management have undergone disability sensitisation and awareness training, which reached junior management in 2024. This training will

be rolled out to the rest of the workforce in 2025 and aims to build a culture where every employee has an understanding of disability,

the barriers that exist and how to identify and address these.

Women in management (%) 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020

Top management

25

25 25 25 22

Senior management

36

34 30 26 22

Middle management

39

36 32 32 29

Junior management

32

30 27 25 23

Overall women as % workforce

31

29 28 27 25

Proportion of women in our workforce

31 %

Women in core and critical roles

25%

Women in senior management

36%

WOMEN IN MINING

Women occupy key roles across every facet of the organisation, from the coalface to the boardroom and everywhere in between. This

success is the result of more than two decades of sustained investment in the attraction, retention and development of women at all levels,

with particular emphasis on leadership and technical roles. We not only have women on our teams, but women leading them. Notably,

our eMalahleni Water Reclamation Plant – the largest water treatment unit of its kind worldwide – is managed by a team made up

exclusively of women, three of whom are under the age of 35. Moreover, 48% of the plant’s contractor workforce comprises women in

maintenance, operations, laboratory and support service roles.

Goedehoop’s Prime 2 section – the first bord-and-pillar section in South Africa to reach a million tonnes for three years running, is led

by a woman mine overseer and has operated without a single injury for four consecutive years.

We strive to exceed targets set by the DOEL and by the end of 2024, women made up 31% (2023: 29%) of our South African workforce.

The number of women in senior management positions rose to 36% (2023: 34%). Women also account for 25% (2023: 24%) of all core

and critical roles. In South Africa, pregnant women are not legally permitted to work in operational areas and are accommodated in

office-based roles. They receive paid maternity leave well in excess of the basic conditions of employment. Women in the bargaining

unit are entitled to a childcare allowance.

![]()

116

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

LABOUR RELATIONS

At our wholly owned operations in South Africa, 77% of employees

have the right to collective bargaining. Of these, 87% are

unionised, with 72% of the total workforce being members of the

National Union of Mineworkers (NUM), with whom we maintain a

collaborative relationship. A key topic of discussion in 2024 was

the introduction of additional medical aid options for employees

in the bargaining unit. At Mafube, 78% of employees belong to

NUM. Some 67% of employees at Ensham are entitled to collective

bargaining, with 45% belonging to labour unions. Two sets of wage

negotiations are in progress.

No work stoppages or cases of labour unrest took place in

2024. There were no operational changes with the potential to

alter employees’ standing in our business. Should such an action

be required, we commit to prompt and honest engagement and

compliance with the relevant labour laws. We would also place

a moratorium on external recruitment for positions that may be

affected.

SISONKE EMPLOYEE EMPOWERMENT SCHEME

The Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme was introduced in

2021 to provide bargaining unit employees with additional value

while fostering a culture of shared success.

The scheme is administered by a board of trustees made up of an

equal split of employee and employer representatives and currently

comprises 3,400 members.

The trust owns 5% equity in South Africa Coal Operations

Proprietary Limited and received R102 million related to our 2024

performance.

Sisonke hosted its second annual general meeting at Greenside

on 26 September. The gathering, which ensures transparency and

accountability from the board and gives beneficiaries an update

of the trust’s activities, attracted more than 100 people, including

beneficiaries, the board of trustees and union representatives.

HOUSING AND LIVING CONDITIONS

Historically, the South African mining industry was deeply entrenched in a migrant labour system, which contributed to substandard

living conditions and social fragmentation. The legacy of apartheid further exacerbated housing inequalities, which left many employees

without stable and dignified residential accommodation. Addressing these historical injustices has been the central focus of our employee

housing strategy.

Today, 99% of our South African employees provide for their own accommodation. This is the result of an industry-leading housing

allowance and our commitment to making home ownership accessible. In an initiative which began in 2015, we have sold company-

owned houses to employees at preferential rates. Some 354 houses have been successfully sold to employees under this scheme and an

additional 92 are currently being transitioned through an innovative rent-to-buy arrangement.

![]()

117

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### OUR APPROACH

The Thungela Social Policy guides our approach to managing social risks, impacts and benefits, and is rooted in international best practice

standards and local legislation. Among these standards are those set by the International Finance Corporation (IFC), the International Council

on Mining and Metals’ Good Practice Guide on Indigenous Peoples and Mining, the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and

Human Rights, the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights and Australia’s Native Title Act.

Key elements of the policy include social governance, risk and impact management, stakeholder engagement, socio-economic development,

social incidents and grievance mechanisms, social and human rights impacts, emergency preparedness and response, cultural heritage, and

land acquisition and involuntary resettlement.

Effective implementation of the policy is a cornerstone of our approach. In early 2024, our sites each underwent a baseline assessment to

evaluate their initial performance against the policy. This was followed by an independent social assurance process at the end of the year to

track progress. Key improvement areas include clearer definitions of social risks and more effective evaluation of controls. Greater emphasis

will also need to be placed on needs analysis and baseline assessments so that we can better measure programme impacts.

Their support underpins our social licence to operate and is earned through our commitment to being a trusted social partner, by building

positive relationships, and upholding our responsibility to leave a legacy that lasts beyond the life of our mines. We endeavour to ensure

that our actions do not negatively impact local communities, today and post-closure.

### COMMUNITIES

#### Host communities are critical stakeholders as they experience both the positive and negative impacts

#### associated with every stage of the mining lifecycle.

GOVERNANCE

The governance of social policy implementation at board level has

been entrusted to the social, ethics, and transformation committee,

which convenes quarterly to oversee social performance. This

responsibility also extends to the chief executive officer, executive

committee, site general managers, and their respective leadership

teams.

Each site has a social performance specialist operating under

the guidance of a regional social performance manager. Sites

establish social performance management committees (SPMC),

led by general managers and attended by the mine’s head of

departments and the functional heads of multiple disciplines, such

as social performance, environment, safety, human resources and

protection services. These committees convene monthly to monitor

the progress of implementation, covering areas such as inclusive

procurement, risk management, grievance resolution, Social

and Labour Plan (SLP) execution, and enterprise and supplier

development. On average, these meetings have an attendance

rate of 67%.

SOCIAL PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT

COMMITTEE ATTENDANCE IN 2024

The percentage attendance is based on the full complement of the

multi-disciplinary team.

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

72%

Goedehoop

79%

Isibonelo

57%

Mafube

73%

Khwezela

66%

Greenside

56%

Zibulo

![]()

118

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### GRIEVANCE REPORTING PROCESS

GRIEVANCE MECHANISM

AND SOCIAL INCIDENTS

We acknowledge that mining can have negative impacts on host

communities and make every effort to minimise these by ensuring

that our sites work to the highest operational standards.

A formal grievance mechanism is in place to ensure that community

grievances and concerns are addressed in a timely manner. This

mechanism – and the procedure for reporting, investigation,

feedback and appeals, is communicated via various engagement

channels, including community engagement forums, our community

newsletter and through the employee induction process.

In 2024, 75 grievances were logged on our incident management system (2023: 94). Of these, 18 related to dust and blasting and 23

to demands for employment and supplier opportunities. These resulted in 21 incidents of protest action compared to 29 in 2023.

A total of 16

LA

level 3 to 5 incidents with social consequences occurred in 2024. Fourteen of those were classified as level 3 and two

as level 4 compared to 16 level 3s in 2023.

Two of the five level 3 to 5 incidents were community protests that escalated to violence — one outside our Zibulo North Shaft, where

injuries were sustained by two community members, and another close to our Centralised Services precinct.

Tragically, a motorist attempting to pass through the latter demonstration discharged a firearm, which resulted in the death of a protester.

In both incidents, the protests were related to subcontracting and employment opportunities.

Investigations into both incidents were carried out by the South African Police Service and our internal security team. We adhere

to established standards for managing protest action. Learnings gained from these incidents have been incorporated into existing

management controls.

Grievance is made telephonically, via

letter, email or by filling in the complaints

register at the entrance to each site.

Grievance is captured in our electronic

incident management system. This records

the receipt, analysis and response to each

report made.

Grievant receives an acknowledgement of

receipt within 24 hours.

The complaint is sent to the relevant

department for investigation.

Findings and proposed resolutions are

discussed with the grievant, who either

accepts that the matter is resolved or

lodges an appeal.

Where an appeal is lodged, an

independent mediation process is initiated.

![]()

119

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

Our stakeholder engagement strategy acknowledges the critical role of stakeholders in our business, and our work is underpinned by

maintaining and strengthening stakeholder relationships based on respect, trust and transparency. The long-term sustainability and success

of our business hinges on stakeholder buy-in and support.

Stakeholder engagement is crucial to fostering environmental care, driving economic benefits, ensuring regulatory compliance and

identifying and managing current and potential risks, impacts and opportunities.

Through collaboration we are also able to enhance operational processes and performance, drive innovation, influence policy, share

and learn from best practice, ensure investment security and drive improved socio-economic outcomes in communities. We conduct

annual stakeholder mapping, where we evaluate stakeholders and categorise them based on their interest or influence on the business.

This activity feeds into our materiality assessment, which is based on the issues that are most material to our stakeholders, as well as our

ability to create value.

Interaction with community stakeholders is guided by our social policy, specific stakeholder engagement plans for each operation and

a stakeholder engagement protocol. Each operation engages directly with surrounding communities through a range of platforms:

### STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

#### Our stakeholders are at the core of our purpose – to responsibly create value together for a shared future.

Platforms for discussing a range of matters, including local

employment and procurement opportunities, community

skills development, corporate social investment (CSI), the

implementation of SLP commitments, closure planning and

grievances relating to activities at our operations.

COMMUNITY FORUMS

We participate in host municipalities’ development

planning forums to better understand local government

priorities, identify community development projects and

collaborate with like-minded organisations. We also use

this platform to report on progress against the community

projects and skills development targets we commit to in

our SLPs.

MUNICIPAL INTEGRATED AND

LOCAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

PLANNING FORUMS

Organised by several mines and attended by social

performance teams, supply chain and enterprise and

supplier development representatives, local businesses

and business associations, these forums address local

business concerns, explore opportunities and strengthen

supplier communication.

BUSINESS FORUMS

Quarterly meetings held with traditional leaders from host

communities to influence community project development

and foster partnerships. These discussions strengthen our

role as a respectful and responsible partner. Traditional

authorities play a key role in assisting our operations to

manage social risks in their role as mediators between

ourselves and communities.

TRADITIONAL AUTHORITY FORUMS

Depending on the mine’s lifespan, these forums are held

quarterly or annually. They are attended by stakeholders

representing mine management, labour, local government,

and regulatory bodies to address life-of-mine challenges,

productivity, employment and community development

while monitoring progress against SLP goals.

FUTURE FORUMS

These platforms are utilised to engage with resettled

communities on the design, implementation and ongoing

monitoring of livelihood restoration programmes after

resettlement.

POSTRESETTLEMENT

WORKING GROUPS

![]()

12 0

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

OUR STAKEHOLDERS AND THEIR INTERESTS

Interests Engagement methods Our response

INDIGENOUS PEOPLES AND TRADITIONAL AUTHORITIES

• Formal recognition of traditional

authorities as key stakeholders

• Access to land for cultural practices

• Protection or preservation of culturally

significant items and areas

• Collaboration on issues such as youth

empowerment, education, local

employment, procurement and CSI

• A quarterly forum for traditional

authorities

• Ad hoc meetings

• Site visits and meetings with

representatives of First Nations Peoples as

per cultural heritage management plans

• Cultural heritage management plans in

place at all sites

• Effective and collaborative working

relationships with First Nations Peoples

and traditional authorities

COMMUNITIES

• Socio-economic development

• Skills development

• SLP project implementation

• Nkulo Community Partnership Trust

• Employment and procurement

opportunities

• Enterprise and supplier development

(ESD) opportunities

• Management of grievances

• Mine closure

• Land and labour tenant claims

• Livelihood restoration related to

resettlement

• Cultural rights related to grave relocation

• Land use and access

• Access to graves

• Community engagement forums

• Online platforms

• Post-resettlement working groups and

engagements with next of kin

• Mine business forums

• Public participation forums

• Farm dweller engagement platforms

• Community newsletter

• Traditional authorities forum

• Collaborating with local municipalities

and provincial government to understand

and address challenges

• SLP consultations with stakeholders

including local municipalities and

communities

• Generating jobs and business

opportunities by prioritising host

community employment and procurement

• Investing in long-term programmes that

contribute towards the achievement

of our four impact goals, including

the Thungela Education Initiative and

Thuthukani ESD programme

• Strengthening the capacity of host

community organisations to drive local

progress

• Building relationships through agreements

with host communities, traditional

authorities and First Nations peoples

• Implementing post-resettlement livelihood

restoration programmes

• Implementing our grave relocation

framework

![]()

121

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

OUR STAKEHOLDERS AND THEIR INTERESTS

Interests Engagement methods Our response

GOVERNMENTS AND REGULATORS

• Legal compliance with all relevant

legislation and regulations

• Permitting and licensing

• Payment of taxes, royalties and other

levies

• Health and safety

• New mining projects

• Employment and procurement

opportunities

• Socio-economic development projects,

particularly infrastructure-related

investments, public-private development

partnerships, SLP projects and municipal

capacity building

• Impact of operations on host communities

and municipalities

• Nkulo Community Partnership Trust

• Land access

• Spatial planning

• Collaboration, joint monitoring and

technical support on the implementation

of local economic development (LED)

projects

• Collaboration on emergency

preparedness and response plans

• Impacts of mine closure and alignment

with the provincial just energy transition

plans

• Engagement forums

• Business forums

• Site inspections and visits

• Ad hoc meetings

• Public participation forums

• Future forums

• Integrated development planning forums

• LED forums

• One-on-one engagement on specific

projects

• Annual reports

• Presidential Climate Commission

stakeholder consultations and workshops

• Maintaining an effective governance

and compliance framework

• Paying royalties and taxes to host

governments and transparent

engagement with tax authorities when

necessary

• Elevation of safety to a standalone

strategic business pillar and

implementation of our safety strategy

• Ongoing consultation and engagement

with relevant authorities at various

levels on projects, concerns and policy

development

• Generating jobs and business

opportunities by prioritising host

community employment and

procurement

• Inclusion of green economy skills

development opportunities for

employees and Thuthukani participants

SUPPLIERS

• Procurement and payment processes

• Responsible sourcing and supply chain

stewardship

• Inclusive procurement opportunities

• Creating sustainable host community

businesses through ESD and job creation

targets

• Collaboration on development projects

and stakeholder engagements

• Market and industry development

opportunities

• Supplier relationship management

• Supplier development training

opportunities

• Supplier roadshows

• Individual supplier engagements

• Digital platforms for supplier engagements

• Advertising through existing market

channels

• ESD programme

• Collaboration with original equipment

manufacturers on their provision of

technical support for small, medium and

micro-sized enterprises (SMMEs)

• Community and business engagement

forums

• Building an agile, lean and effective

supply chain function through

optimisation, automation and

digitalisation

• Publication of our responsible sourcing

policy

• Achieved ambitious inclusive procurement

targets

• Ongoing implementation of our

Thuthukani ESD programme

• Significant supplier contracts include

contributions to local expenditure,

employment and investment in

communities

• Communicating our approach to inclusive

procurement, initiatives, progress and

successes to host communities

![]()

122

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

OUR STAKEHOLDERS AND THEIR INTERESTS

Interests Engagement methods Our response

CIVIL SOCIETY

• Environmental rights, protection and

disclosures

• Climate change and the responsible

energy transition

• Community impacts and benefits

• Partnerships in development projects

• Adequacy of closure provisions

• Meetings

• Subject-specific forums

• Requests for information through the

Promotion of Access to Information Act

• Rigorous management of environmental

risk and regular and transparent

disclosure.

• Climate change targets and

implementation of our pathway to net

zero by 2050

• Resolving grievances related to mining

impacts and positive social investment.

• Engage with and respond to various

stakeholder groups as appropriate

• Implementation of our socio-economic

strategy and social impact goal

OUR PEOPLE AND TRADE UNIONS

• Employee safety, health and wellbeing

• Conditions of employment

• Labour relations

• Life of mine

• Skills development

• Career progression

• Inclusion and diversity

• Transformation deliverables

• Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme

• Wage negotiations

• Site toolbox talks, mine information

meetings and town hall sessions

• Union and management forums

• Various site forum meetings (for example:

employment equity, skills development,

and women in mining forums)

• Employee engagement briefs

• Employee newsletter

• One-on-one meetings

• Performance reviews

• Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme

annual general meeting

• Cultivating a robust safety and health

culture and ongoing wellness support

• An attractive employee value proposition

• Regular, transparent engagement

• Ongoing investment in training, career

growth and tailored development plans

• Meeting and exceeding internal and

legislated targets for employment equity

SHAREHOLDERS AND INVESTMENT COMMUNITY

• Capital allocation framework and

shareholder returns

• Transnet Freight Rail (TFR) performance

• Thermal coal market dynamics

• Ensham opportunities

• Progress on Elders and Zibulo North Shaft

projects

• Climate change and related disclosures,

including pathway to net zero

• Thungela Marketing International

• Stock Exchange News Service

announcements on the Johannesburg

Stock Exchange

• Regulatory News Service announcements

on the London Stock Exchange

• Interim and annual results announcements,

presentations and financial statements

• Chief financial officer’s pre-close call

• Annual reporting suite

• Meetings, roadshows, conferences

• Investor relations page on our website

• Annual general meeting

• Through our disciplined capital

allocation framework, we are

committed to shareholder returns

through dividends and share buybacks

• Transparent disclosure and consistent

reporting on financial and business

performance

• A dedicated management team with

a strong track record of executing

strategic priorities and achieving

operational excellence by controlling

the controllables

• Timely communication on corporate

actions

• Effective engagement with the

investment community and management

as well as investor relations

![]()

12 3

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

OUR STAKEHOLDERS AND THEIR INTERESTS

Interests Engagement methods Our response

MEDIA

• Company performance

• TFR performance

• Growing geographic footprint

• Markets and industry trends

• Significant social and environmental

projects and community involvement

• Decarbonisation and the future of coal

• Job creation

• Public-private partnerships

• Thought and industry leadership

• Results presentations

• Press releases

• Media statements

• Interviews

• Website

• Annual reports

• Social media

• Media engagements on the back of

annual and interim financial results

• Proactive interviews on achievements

• Regular media engagement

• Media events and site visits

• Media responses

INDUSTRY BODIES

• Safety, health and environmental

compliance, improvement and innovation

• Policy and regulation

• Community development

• Meetings

• Seminars

• Workshops

• We play an active role in industry bodies

and in many instances take on leadership

positions

BUSINESS PARTNERS AND CUSTOMERS

• Market development and Thungela

response

• Security of supply

• Business continuity

• Supplier relationship management

• Logistics

• Various engagements

• Board meetings

• Operational committee meetings

• Technical forums

• Coal conferences

• We launched Thungela Marketing

International in 2024

• Industry engagement and support to TFR

– for example, procurement of batteries

and locomotives, signalling and security

interventions etc.

• Creation of additional stockpile capacity

and utilisation of physical infrastructure

advantages – for example, rapid load-

out terminals

• Free-on-truck sales to manage stockpile

capacity

![]()

12 4

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Through our human rights policy, we commit to upholding and

respecting national legislation and internationally proclaimed

human rights principles. To honour this commitment, we have

embedded these principles into our business practices. This

includes creating a safe and healthy working environment

for our people, respecting diversity, respecting the rights

of local communities, managing our environmental risks

and impacts and addressing human rights risks in our

supply chain.

### FOCUS AREAS

#### HUMAN RIGHTS

OUR COMMITMENT

12 4

![]()

12 5

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

Our mining activities, including corporate transactions, exploration,

construction, operations and closure, have the potential to

adversely impact our people and members of host communities.

For example, substandard working conditions can jeopardise

employees’ right to health and a safe working environment, while

failure to effectively manage environmental risks threatens host

communities’ right to clean air and water. Furthermore, operations

conducted without due consideration can disrupt local communities,

affecting livelihoods, cultural heritage and quality of life.

Human rights are the fundamental building blocks on which our

values and code of conduct are built. Human rights principles are

also embedded in the policies and procedures that govern virtually

every aspect of our business – extending from SHE and labour rights

to our relationships with host communities and business partners.

Our human rights policy is informed by and supports our commitment

to compliance with various international standards and laws. These

include:

•  The International Bill of Human Rights, including the Universal

Declaration of Human Rights

•  The UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights

•  The International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights

•  The International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural

Rights

•  The International Labour Organization’s Declaration on

Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work

•  The Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights

(VPSHR)

The policy guides the way in which we assess human rights risks,

undertake due diligence assessments, train our employees and

protection services on human rights, create awareness of human

rights issues with suppliers and contractors, provide on-site grievance

mechanisms for employees and communities, and how we monitor,

report and provide assurance on human rights matters. The policy

applies to all individuals at all levels of the organisation, and must be

adopted by key contractors, service providers and supplier partners.

Permanent and contracted security personnel are trained on the

VPSHR during onboarding, and refresher training is provided every

year thereafter. Our security strategy aligns with the VPSHR. Annual

risk assessments are conducted and the baseline risk register,

preventative and mitigation measures updated. In instances where

protest activities impact our operations, we adhere to the Regulation

of Gatherings Act, 1993, and our human rights policy.

Human rights concerns at our South African sites can be reported

using our grievance mechanism and incident management procedure

or via our independently managed whistleblowing service, HAIBO!.

Ensham has an existing grievance mechanism that we are integrating,

together with Thungela Marketing International’s office in Dubai, into

our system.

OUR APPROACH

GOVERNANCE

Compliance with our human rights policy is overseen by the social, ethics and transformation committee as endorsed by the Thungela

Board. The executive committee and senior management are responsible for its implementation across all aspects of the business, while

site general managers and their leadership teams support its implementation at their operations.

It is the responsibility of every employee to know and understand the human rights obligations and requirements the policy sets out and

to remain vigilant to ensure compliance from business partners and other third parties.

PERFORMANCE

Given the nature of our industry, it is essential that all employees and anyone who acts on our behalf knows what constitutes human

rights and how these may be infringed upon.

In September, we introduced new human rights training on our digital learning platform to give employees in middle management and

above a better understanding of our policy, their own rights and their responsibility to respect the rights of those around them. This

training is mandatory and was completed by 37% of colleagues in this segment. It will be rolled out to all other employees in 2025 as an

important component of the return-from-leave induction process. Additionally, information on the human rights policy will be included in

contractors’ packs. In 2024, 99.7%

LA

of our security and all social performance personnel underwent training on the Voluntary Principles.

During the year, we conducted risk assessments on the VPSHR at all sites to identify potential human rights violations. Management

plans and mitigation measures were developed for implementation. We further assessed our readiness to become a signatory to these

principles and will address the gaps identified during 2025.

![]()

12 6

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

PRIORITY HUMAN RIGHTS AREAS:

Mine closure risks include environmental impacts and violations of the right

to work and economic security. Given the diversity of these risks, they require

attention from various disciplines, along with adequate financial provisioning

for closure. Closure now involves a comprehensive approach, encompassing

technical, financial and social aspects. We are in the process of developing

high-impact, sustainable programmes focused on repurposing infrastructure

and alternative land use to ensure that communities reap benefits in the long

term. During the year, we met with local ward councillors and traditional

authorities to discuss closure-related issues.

Read more about mine closure on page 55 of this report.

#### CLOSURE

Every employee has a fundamental right to safe work. Our focus is on

eliminating fatalities and life-altering injuries, while upholding the right to

life and a healthy work environment. In early 2024, safety was elevated to a

standalone pillar of our strategy, reinforcing its significance to our business.

We also introduced safety-related key results areas into leaders‘ performance

contracts and increased our focus on critical control compliance.

Read more about our safety management on page 65 of this report.

#### CREATING A SAFE WORKPLACE

Access to clean, safe water is a human right. All our operations are situated

in water-scarce areas and may not compromise water quality or access

for other users. Significant emphasis is placed on reducing consumption,

treatment and increasing reuse and recycling rates. Our eMalahleni Water

Reclamation Plant continues to treat mine-impacted water to potable quality

for use by water-stressed communities in eMalahleni. During the year, we

continued our focus on nature-based solutions to address our post-closure

water liabilities.

Read more about our management of water on page 49 of this report.

#### WATER

![]()

12 7

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

South African mines face significant pressure to provide jobs and

procurement opportunities. Unmet expectations often result in

protest action, a right that is protected under the Bill of Rights, where

everyone has the right, peacefully and unarmed, to assemble, to

demonstrate, to picket and to present petition. However, protests

occasionally become violent or disrupt public order, which then

infringes on the rights of others to safety. This means that the

response must be lawful, necessary and proportionate. Security

personnel receive specialised training and are guided by the

VPSHR. During the year, we developed a procedure to further

guide both security and social performance teams on how to

manage incidents of this nature. We also created awareness on

how employees should conduct themselves should they encounter

protest action while travelling to their sites.

#### PROTEST ACTION

Resettlement is a complex process which, if not carefully managed,

involves significant human rights risks. These risks include cultural

and social disruption and loss of access to land, water and other

essential resources, which can severely impact livelihoods. During

the period under review, social performance teams received

specialised training to enhance their understanding of resettlement

processes and the associated human rights risks. All resettlements

are conducted with free, prior and informed consent and in

alignment with DMPR’s standard on resettlement and the IFC’s

Performance Standard 5 on resettlement.

Read more on page 103.

#### RESETTLEMENT

The South African mining sector faces significant challenges with the

emergence of illegal mining orchestrated by organised syndicates. These

groups, as well as those involved in the theft of mine infrastructure, are

frequently heavily armed. This not only heightens the risk to our employees

and contractors, but also poses a serious threat to surrounding communities.

Our business forms part of various industry initiatives to crack down on these

elements. The Minerals Council South Africa, alongside several members, has

met with the DMPR to discuss critical security challenges facing the industry.

The Minister has called on the industry to develop a targeted strategy that not

only outlines key concerns but also defines how we can collaborate with the

National Operational and Intelligence Structure to resource efforts against

illegal mining and other security threats. In response, we are working on a

comprehensive strategy that takes a holistic approach to these challenges

while ensuring clear roles and responsibilities for all stakeholders involved.

#### SECURITY

By engaging with companies that do not uphold strong human rights practices,

we risk indirectly contributing to human rights violations. These may include

violations of labour rights, environmental harm and other unethical practices.

Our responsible sourcing policy, which addresses various human rights risks,

was approved by the board in 2024 and will be implemented in 2025. High-

risk suppliers have been identified and will undergo an ESG self-assessment

process in the coming year.

More information is provided on page 109 of this report.

#### SUPPLY CHAIN

![]()

12 8

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### CULTURE, HERITAGE AND

### INDIGENOUS PEOPLES

We recognise the value of culture and tradition in the long-term wellbeing of host communities and uphold a zero-tolerance stance on

any violations of cultural heritage. We also respect the interests and aspirations of indigenous peoples and acknowledge their inherent

right to preserve their culture, identity, traditions and customs. We acknowledge the value and benefit of open and respectful relationships

with indigenous communities and are committed to continuing these relationships.

Our approach to cultural heritage is guided by our social policy, which is aligned both with the IFC’s Performance Standard 8 and local

legislation. In Australia, this legislation is reflected in the Native Title Act, and in South Africa, the National Heritage Resources Act.

These rights are particularly relevant when activities may affect the lands, territories and resources of indigenous peoples. Appropriate

processes, including human rights due diligence, engagement and agreement-making, apply throughout the mining lifecycle. We commit

to obtaining free, prior and informed consent for all relevant projects, while stakeholder engagement processes are designed to enable

the identification, avoidance, mitigation and management of risks in this area.

![]()

12 9

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

In South Africa, traditional leadership plays a significant role in rural and peri-urban areas, where traditional governance structures are

deeply connected to cultural identity and local administration.

Over recent years, our operations have built strong relationships with several traditional authorities, having engaged with them on matters

such as youth development, local employment and CSI. Some of these authorities have strengthened our ability to be a responsible and

respectful partner by fostering dialogue, while bringing stability to previously volatile and fragmented communities.

During the year, we partnered with the SoGutjhe Royal House in the staging of its annual Women’s Day and Heritage Month events.

We also supported the authority’s We Love Boys initiative which hosted a ‘Man-to-Man Talk’ during the 16 Days of Activism Against

Gender-Based Violence and Femicide.

We facilitate safe and secure access to designated areas of mine land for cultural practices such as the initiation rites young boys undergo

as they make their transition into manhood.

Leaders from nine separate traditional authorities were interviewed in our most recent stakeholder perception survey. This has resulted in

a more structured engagement process with traditional authorities in host municipalities. Set engagements are conducted at a regional

level every quarter.

SOUTH AFRICA

![]()

130

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

We marked Heritage Month in September with the official opening

of an art studio for the world-renowned Ndebele artist, Dr Esther

Mahlangu. Dr Mahlangu is a global ambassador of the Ndebele

culture and, despite her international acclaim, did not previously have

a dedicated space in which to showcase her work.

Our business was approached by the Mpumalanga government to

build a studio at Dr Mahlangu’s home in KwaNdebele. This region

is known for its distinctive Ndebele art, including vibrant murals and

beadwork.

It is expected that the space will attract tourists to the area and

support the efforts of the Esther Mahlangu Art School. The school

is dedicated to passing on traditional painting techniques to new

generations of artists.

#### ESTHER MAHLANGU ART STUDIO

![]()

131

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

![]()

132

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Thungela acknowledges the unique connection that Aboriginal

Peoples have to the land, waters and the environment. We are

committed to working with First Nations Peoples to identify, protect

and manage both tangible and intangible cultural heritage that

may be affected by our industrial assets.

Ensham has cultural heritage management plans in place with

the Western Kangoulu People and the Garingabal and Kara

Kara People for the areas north and south of the Nogoa River

respectively. The mine has an established and long-standing

track record of positive, effective and collaborative working

relationships with First Nations Peoples.

The cultural heritage management plans guide the day-to-day

interactions of operations and issues of cultural heritage to

manage potential impacts and risks. These have been prepared

in consultation with Indigenous stakeholders and include agreed

measures on how to manage this interaction. Under the plans,

Ensham personnel are required to undertake training as part of

their induction on the various types of cultural heritage that might

be found in the mining area and outline how these findings should

be dealt with.

The management plans identify areas, items and sites of confirmed

or potential cultural significance that must be preserved and

protected from disturbance, either directly or indirectly. Cultural

heritage areas that have been approved for disturbance are

managed through mutually agreed actions, including scar tree

preservation, relocation or the permanent curation or storage of

artefacts, under the guidance of indigenous stakeholders.

AUSTRALIA

132

![]()

133

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

OUR APPROACH

We make every effort to avoid or minimise the displacement of people. However, when resettlement due to our activities is unavoidable,

we ensure that it is conducted in line with international best practice and the principle of free, prior and informed consent.

Our practices align with the DMPR’s standard on resettlement under national legislation and the IFC’s Performance Standard 5 on

resettlement. Importantly, affected households should be left in a similar or better position than they were prior to resettlement.

We take measures to restrict resettlement activities to households situated on land specifically designated for mining, where critical

operational structures are to be built and where households are situated within the legal blasting exclusion zone.

The process begins with the development of a displacement framework and detailed resettlement action plan. This incorporates a

census and socio-economic survey, compensation framework and robust stakeholder engagement, planning and implementation.

The compensation framework incorporates both tangible and intangible cultural elements, such as ceremonies associated with house

relocations and the replacement of prayer and initiation huts at new residences.

#### RESETTLEMENT

Mafube completed the resettlement of 88 households from its Nooitgedacht resource in 2022. This move will sustain employment for

more than 1,600 employees and contractors until 2042. Six households have chosen not to participate in the resettlement process but

engagement is ongoing. Mafube has been fulfilling the commitments made to households, focusing on cultural heritage, training and

transitional support.

Livelihood restoration activities will commence in 2025, bringing diverse opportunities for community advancement. A total of 41

household members will participate in skills programmes for the operation of machinery, welding and the installation of solar panels, while

35 will take part in business training to build entrepreneurial skills. Eleven individuals will receive driver education and five will join an

agriculture programme. Furthermore, approximately four young people will be awarded scholarships to pursue a tertiary education. These

initiatives are based on socio-economic and household surveys so that they align with the needs and requests of the families involved.

Mafube is in the final stages of completing the corrective action plans of an earlier resettlement undertaken between 2007 and 2009.

As part of this effort, several participants have completed an enterprise development programme that has empowered them to establish

their own businesses in beadwork, gardening and landscaping, catering and transportation. Through these ventures, they are not only

earning an income for themselves but also creating employment opportunities for others. Monitoring of their progress will continue

throughout the next three years.

In 2019, seven households were relocated by Khwezela and a two-phase livelihood restoration programme was implemented. The first

phase involved financial support for the payment of municipal services, while households were engaged to assess their livelihood needs

and desires post-resettlement. The process is currently in its second phase, which involves providing the training and skills development

programmes identified to increase household members’ access to formal employment opportunities.

LIVELIHOOD RESTORATION

Grave relocations are conducted with the utmost respect for the

culture and traditions of affected families, and in full compliance

with national legislation and IFC guidelines.

The transfer of graves requires permission from the South African

Heritage Resources Agency (SAHRA), the Department of Health, the

local municipality and the South African Police Service. Graves may

only be relocated once a permit from SAHRA has been acquired,

and all stakeholders are satisfied that reasonable efforts have been

made to contact and engage families with a vested interest in a

burial site.

Mafube completed the relocation of 206 graves in 2024 as part of

its process to relocate a total of 382 graves.

A further relocation process involving 49 graves situated on three

separate burial sites will commence at Isibonelo in 2025. Best

practice standards will once again be adhered to.

GRAVE RELOCATIONS

![]()

134

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Each of our sites has an emergency preparedness and response plan. Last year, we identified gaps in procedures related to the external

mitigation measures needed in the event of an emergency.

Work continued on the development of an externally focused emergency preparedness and response plan that addresses the measures

required to assist communities that would potentially be affected by an incident. Emergencies included in the procedure relate to water,

fire and gas, civil disturbance, and crime.

In the coming year, we will focus on solidifying plans with municipal emergency services and create collaborative relationships with

industry peers that could provide support in the event of an incident. Additional considerations include financial provisioning and the

formulation of a mass care plan for significant incidents.

#### EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE

![]()

135

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

Our social contributions are guided by our socio-economic

development approach, which informs our SLP, strategic and CSI

spend. Additionally, South African mines are required by the Mineral

and Petroleum Resources Development Act to have an SLP, which

outlines their commitments to employees and impacted communities,

and how these will be achieved. They are legally binding once a

mining right is granted. SLPs are valid for a five-year period, after

which a new SLP must be submitted to the DMPR for approval.

SLPs outline targets for employment equity, the human resource

development of historically disadvantaged South Africans, and the

delivery of impactful LED projects in host communities. As we develop new SLPs, it is essential that our projects consider both the impacts of

climate change and closure as operations approach the end of their lives.

CSI is guided by inputs and requests from a variety of local stakeholders.

#### OUR APPROACH

### MAKING A POSITIVE

### CONTRIBUTION

We make a positive contribution to host communities through

employment, by sourcing goods and services from local businesses

and investing in initiatives that drive socio-economic development.

We also contribute through the payment of taxes and royalties,

further fulfilling our commitment to the regions in which we operate.

Value distributed

(Rand million)

2024 2023

Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme 102 15 6

Nkulo Community Partnership Trust 102 156

Host community procurement 2,300 2,000

Total procurement 9,700 9,600

Contribution to local communities 61 126

Royalties and mining taxes 4,518 4,766

Wages and related payments 6,660 5,383

Capital investment 3,396 2,988

In 2024, three operations submitted updated SLPs to the DMPR for

approval as part of the five-year cycle. Recognising the potential

risks during the 2024 election year, a proactive decision was

made to temporarily suspend the execution of some projects for

the safety of our employees and contractors. Consequently, a

restricted number of CSI and SLP projects were executed. These

include: the renovation and expansion of the Zamelani Abadala

Old Age Group Centre in the Govan Mbeki Local Municipality by

Zibulo, the official opening and handover of an art studio for the

world-renowned Ndebele artist, DrEsther Mahlangu, and several

infrastructure improvement projects at schools by Goedehoop and

Mafube.

In January 2024, we launched a new education initiative. This

initiative will see us invest a planned R160 million in 45 primary

schools over five years. Expenditure in 2024 was expectedly low

as preliminary work was undertaken to establish baselines against

which to measure the programme’s impact and to identify priority

activities. A five-year work plan was developed. More details

about the programme and activities in 2024 can be found on page

138. Total social spend was also lower in 2024 because a once-off

water supply arrangement of R40 million with the eMalahleni Local

Municipality was made in 2023.

Expenditure on ESD through Thuthukani rose from R28.1 million to

R33.2 million.

#### OUR PERFORMANCE

Socio-economic development

expenditure (Rand million)

2024 2023

SLP 6.9

LA

19.6

CSI 16.2

LA

58.2

South Africa 15.4

LA

15.1

Australia 0.8

LA

Strategic projects 38.5 91.2

Education  5.1

LA

20

Enterprise and Supplier Development 33.2

LA

28.1

Total 61.3

LA

125 .9

![]()

136

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Ensham is a dedicated supporter of community groups and prioritises sourcing goods and services from businesses in the Queensland

region. The mine provides sponsorships to organisations, including the Emerald Amateur Swimming Club, Comet Benefit Rodeo and the

Emerald Rodeo Association to encourage the youth to participate in sporting activities. It supported the Emerald State High School with

a donation of gazebos and prizes for the annual awards ceremony, and the Rotary Club of Emerald’s community carols by candlelight

event. It also provides support to the Central Highlands Health Suicide Prevention Programme towards its implementation of the nine Life

Span Strategies which include:

Improving emergency and

follow-up care for suicidal crisis

1

Using evidence-based

treatment for suicidality

2

Equipping primary care to

identify and support people

in distress

3

Engaging the community and

providing opportunities to be

part of the change

7

Encouraging safe and

purposeful media reporting

8

Improving safety and reducing

access to means of suicide

9

Improving the competency and

confidence of frontline workers

to deal with suicidal crisis

4

Promoting help-seeking,

mental health and resilience

in schools

5

Training the community to

recognise and respond to

suicidality

6

![]()

137

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

Investments, in all their forms, are closely aligned with our socio-economic development approach which identifies four key impact goals

as shown below.

We use a theory of change-based approach in the selection, planning, implementation and measurement of major social projects. The

theory of change is an outcomes-based approach to programme scoping and design that is participatory in nature. This process outlines

the inputs, activities, outputs and outcomes of projects as well as indicators that allow performance tracking against an established

baseline.

#### Aligning the company purpose, ESG and socio-economic development ambition

SED IMPACT GOALS

PURPOSE

To responsibly create value together for a shared future.

ESG AMBITION

To uphold ESG standards while striving to outperform on the social aspect.

AMBITION FOR THE ESG PRIORITY AREA 'COMMUNITY VALUE'

To create shared community value from our operations and activities.

SOCIOECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AMBITION

Enhancing the social wellbeing and economic growth of host communities through skills development, infrastructure

development and support for local small businesses.

Improving access to

quality education and

skills development.

1 2 3 4

Improving the quality of

community services.

Improving access to

income generation

opportunities.

Reducing reliance on

mines by strengthening

the local SMME sector.

SPEND PER IMPACT GOAL (%)

Impact goal 1

Impact goal 2

Impact goal 3 and 4

57%

20%

23%

![]()

138

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### ACCESS TO QUALITY EDUCATION AND SKILLS DEVELOPMENT

Education is a key driver of economic growth. It empowers individuals with knowledge

and skills, leading to better job opportunities, improved innovation and productivity and

therefore enhance economic outcomes. It also leads to strengthened personal and societal

development, ultimately contributing to more prosperous communities.

We focus on every stage of the education spectrum – from early childhood, primary and

high school development, to tertiary and university learning.

### IMPACT GOAL

1

Early in 2024, we launched the Thungela Education Initiative, a

five-year partnership with the Mpumalanga Department of Basic

Education. The initiative aims to improve educational outcomes for

learners in 45 quintile 1–3 primary schools across eMalahleni,

Steve Tshwete and Govan Mbeki. These schools serve children from

severely disadvantaged financial backgrounds, which makes their

parents exempt from paying school fees.

The R160 million initiative will focus on the foundation to intermediate

phase, a critical period in a child’s cognitive, emotional and physical

development. It begins in Grade R – the year before formal schooling

starts – and extends to Grade 4.

Watch a video about our education initiative here.

Grade R and Grade 4 represent significant transitional periods

in a child’s educational journey. In Grade R, some children move

from preschool to a more structured learning environment, while

others begin formal schooling for the first time. Grade 4 marks the

shift from the foundation phase to a more advanced stage, where

the curriculum becomes increasingly challenging with additional

subjects. This transition coincides with early adolescence, a period

of significant physical and emotional development that can influence

learning and increase the risk of challenges such as bullying.

These changes may either set children up for success or compromise

their development. Additionally, positive impacts during this period

are long-lasting and can be observed throughout their primary and

secondary school careers.

The initiative has been tailored to address concerns identified

during an assessment carried out with support from the Department

of Basic Education. This determined that, despite progressing to

higher grades, many children demonstrate inadequate literacy and

numeracy skills. Without this foundation, they struggle to meet the

demands of later education and face ongoing challenges in their

academic and personal development.

Some of the barriers identified include a lack of indoor and outdoor

learning equipment, inadequate classroom space, an imbalanced

teacher/learner ratio and a shortage of resources such as textbooks

and educational aids.

Broadly, the project will enhance:

•  leadership development;,

•  educator support;

•  psycho-social support;

•  learner support; and

•  equipment and infrastructure.

#### THUNGELA EDUCATION INITIATIVE

![]()

139

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### THUNGELA EDUCATION INITIATIVE THEORY OF CHANGE

Problem statement: Poor access to quality education in host communities

SED impact goal: To improve access to quality education and skills development

GRADE R GRADE 1 to 4

IMPACTOUTCOMESACTIVITIES

Improved school readiness

Improved access to infrastructure that

supports teaching and learning

Improved health and safety, focusing on

fire hazards and first aid

Increased access to higher levels of

education for teachers

Improved literacy levels in primary school

Improved access to learning materials

Increased parental involvement in learners’ development

Improved numeracy levels in primary school

Improved access to psychosocial support for teachers and learners

Improved learner performance

Improved access to infrastructure that supports teaching and learning

Increased support for learners with different needs

GRADE R

Infrastructure refurbishment: For

conducive learning and teaching,

including age-appropriate toilets and

ventilation in classrooms

Water and sanitation: Needs-based

Upskilling of teachers: Basic and

advanced early childhood development

training (NQF Level 1-6)

Learning equipment and materials:

Indoor and outdoor

Health and safety: Purchase or service

fire extinguishers and first aid training for

educators

Parental involvement: Develop and

implement a parental involvement

programme

GRADE 1 to 4

Infrastructure refurbishment: For conducive learning and teaching

Learning equipment and materials: Provision of textbooks and

stationery and promote reuse

School management teams: Develop and implement a programme to

capacitate and strengthen school management teams

Psychosocial support: Provide a psychosocial support programme for

learners and teachers. Further explore partnering with a university to

second psychologists to targeted schools

Learner assessments: Partner with the department to provide holistic

and standardised learner assessments

Teacher development: Training and coaching

Additional learner support: Remedial support within schools such as

learner camps and fun and interactive after-school English and science

programmes

Parental involvement: develop and implement a parental involvement

programme

![]()

140

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### IMPACT GOAL

1

Since the launch, a situational analysis has been conducted and a five-year implementation plan developed. We conducted an

infrastructure assessment to identify priority activities, carried out fire compliance evaluations and completed a baseline assessment on

leadership development as well as management and governance maturity. Non-functional sanitation facilities at Ipani Primary School

were identified through the assessment and prioritised for urgent intervention. The ablution block was repaired and new septic tanks

installed to ensure functional facilities for staff and learners.

Goedehoop also made significant improvements at Impilo Primary School, which has been expanded to accommodate learners from

the old Springbok Primary School that was previously located in one of its old residential villages. The R5.7 million upgrade involved

the construction of four new classrooms, the renovation of three existing ones and the furnishing of five more, along with the addition of

a staffroom, boardroom, library and kitchen.

Isibonelo, Greenside and Khwezela offer supplementary school

programmes for high school learners with potential. Starting

in Grade 10, these programmes focus on English, mathematics,

science and life sciences, and help scholars achieve results that will

give them access to a tertiary institution.

Classes are held on Saturdays and during school holidays and are

given by highly experienced educators. Learners also receive top-

quality academic resources not available to them at their schools.

Isibonelo’s supplementary school programme is now in its 11th

year and has significantly improved matric pass rates in the Govan

Mbeki Municipality. This initiative has enabled numerous learners

to secure scholarships and bursaries, both from our own business

and other major companies in the region. Every member of the

matric class of 2024 achieved a bachelor’s pass, the highest

level of achievement in the National Senior Certificate exams.

This qualifies them to continue their education at university. Every

learner on the programme also passed the initiative’s four core

subjects: English, mathematics, physical science and life sciences.

A record 95 distinctions were achieved in these.

Information on our vocational training programmes and community

scholarship scheme can be found on page 110.

HIGH SCHOOL EDUCATION

Before After

![]()

141

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### SCHOOLS

45

#### LEARNERS

22,900

#### INITIATIVE

### 5YEAR

#### MILLION

R16 0

![]()

142

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF COMMUNITY SERVICES

2

### IMPACT GOAL

Our impact in this area is primarily through large-scale SLP projects, approved by the

#### DMPR and delivered in five-year cycles, as well as through CSI.

Three operations submitted updated SLPs to the DMPR in early 2024, and approval on these is pending. Other operations are mid-way

through the project construction phase. The next phase of delivery will commence in 2025 and will include an industrial park, a multi-

purpose centre, solar lighting projects in two communities, a health post and a canteen at the industrial park in Mhluzi, Middelburg.

The development of a new SLP centres on an intense stakeholder consultation process that enables a better understanding of the needs

and priorities of the communities that host our operations so that we can to determine sustainable community projects that will deliver

maximum impact. Stakeholder groups engaged include the local municipality, sector departments, general community representatives,

traditional authorities, farmers and farm dwellers and vulnerable groups.

Zibulo’s renovation and expansion of the Zamelani Abadala

Old Age Group Centre has provided an enhanced environment

for senior citizens in the Govan Mbeki Local Municipality.

The centre prepares daily meals, arranges physical activities,

arts and crafts and skills training for 120 elderly people. It also

provides vital home-based care for 70 community members

who, due to their advanced age and health, are unable to

visit the facility. Zibulo’s R3.2 million investment paid for the

construction and refurbishment of a dining hall and recreation

room, an administration block, consulting and examination

rooms, bathing facilities and a fully equipped kitchen.

Isibonelo upgraded the Thandanani Service Centre in Bethal,

Govan Mbeki. A registered non-profit organisation, the centre

houses several community-focused organisations that provide

essential services, including support for the elderly, healthcare,

basic skills programmes for youth, and after-school support for

children from underprivileged backgrounds. The renovation of

facilities and installation of palisade fencing represented an

investment of R500,000.

As part of its commitment to employee and community safety and infrastructure sustainability, Goedehoop has been actively maintaining

the R1697 public road, with total project costs to date amounting to R6 million. While road maintenance has been an ongoing activity,

the frequency of repairs has increased since 2022 due to deterioration caused by trucking activities.

CARE FOR THE AGED

THANDANANI SERVICE CENTRE

ROAD MAINTENANCE

![]()

14 3

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

14 3

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

14 4

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

2

### IMPACT GOAL

We aim to cultivate a strong and enduring SMME sector that creates employment during

our mines’ operational lives and, particularly, beyond closure.

“With Thuthukani’s guiding hand, borrowers

have a significant chance of success.”

Our ESD programme, Thuthukani, is aimed at both current suppliers

and businesses that have the potential to be suppliers in the future

as well as entrepreneurs who offer a broad range of goods and

services outside the mining sector.

The initiative equips new and growing businesses with the following:

•  Tailored business skills training;

•  One-on-one mentorship and support;

•  Technical enablement; and

•  Loan funding at preferential interest rates.

During the year, we spent R32 million on ESD. This benefited 11

current suppliers, 22 enterprise development beneficiaries who are

not registered suppliers and 35 businesses that were aided through

the programme’s technical enablement initiative . This provides

support to suppliers who have the potential to grow, but lack the

necessary certifications, memberships and licences required to

meet the procurement standards of large organisations. One of

the primary ways we provide this support is by helping businesses

obtain their ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 45001 certifications.

Additional certifications and qualifications awarded involve essential

assembly, specialised geological modelling, deep cleaning and

hygiene, while other businesses became members of the Federated

Hospitality Association of Southern Africa and The Institute of Waste

Management South Africa.

During the year, 61 entrepreneurs graduated from various business

skills development programmes that have given them the knowledge

and skills to take their businesses to the next level. Course material

covers entrepreneurship, financial analysis, sales, marketing, project

management and strategy development.

We also support local SMMEs by providing loan funding at

preferential rates to suppliers awarded purchase orders and/

or contracts by our operations. In 2024, we disbursed funding of

R7.9 million in loans and co-funded a total of R7.1 million with Absa.

Approximately 114 jobs were created as a result of our support.

3 4

#### IMPROVING ACCESS TO INCOME GENERATION OPPORTUNITIES AND REDUCING

#### RELIANCE ON MINES BY STRENGTHENING THE LOCAL SMME SECTOR

A significant milestone in 2024 was the signing

of a R200 million co-funding agreement with

Absa to support entrepreneurial development and

economic growth in host communities.

While Thuthukani has been instrumental in building

business acumen and providing technical support,

its capacity to offer loan funding and financial

assistance has been limited. Access to finance

is essential for SMMEs to secure start-up capital, cover initial

operating costs and capitalise on growth opportunities. Emerging

enterprises often face significant challenges in securing funding

as they are perceived as high-risk investments with little or no

collateral.

Absa, one of Africa’s largest diversified financial services

providers, reserved an initial R200 million – subject to annual

review – to provide loan financing, specifically for SMMEs that

have secured significant contracts from our sites. This initiative

bridges a critical gap, ensuring that capable businesses can

deliver on their contracts and realise their growth potential.

Speaking at the signing, Absa’s head of ESD, Kgalaletso

Tlhoaela, said that the bank was attracted to the programme

due to the level of support Thuthukani provides.

#### COFUNDING

#### AGREEMENT TO SUPPORT

#### ENTREPRENEURIAL

#### DEVELOPMENT

![]()

145

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### FOSTERING CONNECTIONS

Thuthukani hosted a supplier end-user day to provide 29 graduates with the opportunity to present their goods and services to

end-users representing our sites

Graduates were able to engage directly with potential buyers, showcase their offerings and receive valuable feedback to refine

their approach. The event fostered meaningful connections and reinforced the programme’s role in equipping suppliers for

sustainable business growth.

Well-known entrepreneur and founder of the Township Entrepreneurs Alliance Bulelani Balabala spoke at the event. He emphasised

the importance of resilience, a competitive mindset and delivering consistent value.

More than a hundred local SMMEs attended workshops on costing,

pricing and tendering so that they can confidently compete for

opportunities inside and outside of our supply chain. The owner of

Namsezana Trading and Projects, Lungile Mtsweni, applied what

she had learned at the two-day workshop and was awarded an

industrial cleaning contract at Isibonelo. She employs 17 people.

Ingy Industrial and Tech Solutions is a logistics and plant hire

company established in 2013 by Frans Motau and Nkosimphile

Mahlangu, two driven entrepreneurs with a clear vision for growth.

One of their primary challenges was limited access to funding for

essential equipment. Their breakthrough came when they secured

their first major logistics contract with our business, which referred

them to Thuthukani to address their funding needs. The entrepreneurs

became the first beneficiaries of our agreement with Absa and

received R9.5 million to acquire three trucks and trailers.

![]()

146

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

The Nkulo Community Partnership Trust handed over its first two projects in 2024. The trust is an additional vehicle through which we

create value for host communities.

Registered as a public benefit organisation, Nkulo was created to support welfare and humanitarian initiatives; healthcare; education

and development; social mobilisation; conservation, the environment and animal welfare; and sports and culture.

Its maiden donations in 2024 contributed to local health in the form of medical resources and sanitation.

The first, approximately R6 million in essential medical supplies and equipment, was made to the Witbank Tertiary Hospital and will be

used for the care of critically ill patients. The hospital admits up to 20 high-care patients every day. The donation included hospital linen,

blankets, pillows, patient wear and endoscopic clips,

The second is a 16,000-litre honeysucker for the Steve Tshwete Local Municipality. These vacuum trucks are used to drain septic tanks,

unblock sewerage pipes and empty pit latrine systems in rural areas.

Among the current projects are:

•  Nineteen new classrooms and ablution facilities for Mphephethe Primary School in Hendrina, where learners are still exposed to

the harmful effects of outdated asbestos building materials.

•  The construction of a much larger and more suitable facility for the expanding Bonginhlanhla Stimulation Centre for the Disabled

in Middelburg in collaboration with Mafube. This organisation provides day-time care, therapeutic support and various types of

education for children and young adults living with physical and intellectual disabilities.

•  The KwaGuqa water pipeline rehabilitation project entails the replacement of sections of the pipeline to reduce losses and

improve access to safe, clean water in the area.

### NKULO COMMUNITY

### PARTNERSHIP TRUST

![]()

147

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

![]()

148

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### CREATING AN INCLUSIVE AND

### SUSTAINABLE SUPPLY CHAIN

Our sites rely on large volumes of goods and services to support the efficient running of their operations. We are committed to using this

as an opportunity to drive positive change through our supply chain.

By focusing on responsible sourcing and local procurement, we are able to stimulate regional economies, create jobs and promote ethical

labour practices and other sustainability priorities among the broad network of business partners we work with.

INCLUSIVE PROCUREMENT

Sourcing goods and services from black-owned and local businesses is one of the key ways we foster change and share value. This

is aligned with our socio-economic development goal 3, ‘Improving access to income generation opportunities’. In South Africa, this

imperative is driven by broad-based black economic empowerment (B-BBEE), a government policy that promotes economic participation

and ownership among historically disadvantaged individuals.

We strive to exceed compliance with the procurement targets set by the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act. These targets

are included in each mine’s SLP and relate to the purchasing of goods and services from historically disadvantaged South Africans, black

women- and youth-owned entities, and businesses that are B-BBEE-compliant.

Considerable emphasis is placed on directing opportunities to businesses that operate in the communities that host our mine sites as a

way of promoting sustainable local economic development and employment.

#### PERFORMANCE

Ambitious preferential procurement targets, ring-fenced opportunities for BEE and local suppliers, and the segmentation of high-value

contracts with well-established businesses are all ways we continue to reduce the barriers to entry for smaller enterprises.

Total expenditure at our South African operations in 2024 was R9.7 billion. Of this, R7.2 billion was spent with transformed businesses.

The proportion of discretionary expenditure allocated to businesses in host communities increased by 1% to R2.0 billion, representing

24% of our discretionary spend, up from 21% in 2023.

Progress in this area is supported by Thuthukani, our ESD programme, which is expanding the pool of local suppliers capable of providing

goods and services that meet our quality, delivery and safety standards. Thuthukani provides entrepreneurial skills training, technical

enablement and loan funding at preferential interest rates. Read more on page 144.

![]()

149

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

MINING SERVICES

PROCUREMENT

PERFORMANCE (%)

2020

20 21

2022

2023

2024

Target

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

8

6

5

6

1

YouthWomen-controlled

11

18

16 16

21

Black-owned

38

44

43

69

62

57

64

43

B-BBEE-compliant businesses

75

80

83

89

88

PROGRESS AGAINST TARGETS

MINING GOODS

PROCUREMENT

PERFORMANCE (%)

2020

20 21

2022

2023

2024

Target

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

Women-and youth-controlled

10

13

10

31

16

Black-owned

44

49

70

38

39

B-BBEE-compliant businesses

87

75

82

89

84

Commercial and operational constraints limit our capacity to employ people, procure goods and services and invest in social initiatives.

However, through collaboration with large supplier partners, we can amplify our impact by co-creating shared sustainable value.

These partnerships, often with original equipment manufacturers and multinational organisations, include contractual commitments that

contribute to local development. These typically relate to the:

•  employment of a specified percentage of local people;

•  transfer of skills to emerging companies;

•  procurement from local SMMEs; and

•  contributions to local CSI.

These commitments are fulfilled either in partnership with our mines or as independent initiatives, and further enhance socio-economic

benefits in the communities where we operate. Suppliers working at our Elders project site have delivered projects to the value of more

than R4.3 million alone. These include the installation of eco-latrines, boreholes and solar street lighting, enhancements to a nursery

school and the complete renovation of eight classrooms at a local high school.

LEVERAGING SUPPLIER PARTNERSHIPS FOR LOCAL IMPACT

Local procurement 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020

Expenditure with local suppliers (rand billion) 2.3 2.0 2.3 2.3 1.5

Percentage of discretionary operational spend (%) 24 21 28 24 19

![]()

150

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### DOING MORE TOGETHER

During the year, we partnered with capital equipment supplier Barloworld Equipment on two education-related projects.

•  The first saw Goedehoop and Barloworld Equipment erect two containerised units to address space constraints at Kwazamokuhle

Secondary School in Hendrina. These units include a fully furnished boardroom, a staffroom with workstations and a kitchenette,

offering educators a functional space to plan lessons, mark papers and hold meetings.

•  In the second project, Barloworld Equipment partnered with Mafube to build a science laboratory at Bankfontein Combined School

and a library at Beestepan Secondary School.

Mafube’s partnership with explosives provider Enaex resulted in the donation of five interactive white boards, six laptops, projectors and

the construction of a fence at Ipani Primary School.

Strata Mining Services, a supplier of proximity detection systems to our underground mines, invested in 25 young people who completed

a basic electrical training programme. Finally, security provider Fidelity will subcontract a large portion of its contract value to a host

community supplier which will be responsible for providing personnel and managing 30% of the scope of work.

150

![]()

151

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

#### EMBEDDING SUSTAINABILITY IN OUR SUPPLY CHAIN

We are committed to operating responsibly and with integrity, and expect all our business partners to do the same.

During the year, the board approved our responsible sourcing policy, which sets the foundation for relationships with suppliers, vendors,

agents, consultants and contractors. The policy ensures legal compliance and emphasises our commitment to human rights. It covers key

areas such as labour standards, health and safety, environmental management and business integrity. The policy will be rolled out in

2025. Training will be provided for all suppliers, with special emphasis on businesses in host communities to better enable them to align

themselves with these standards.

In 2024, we undertook an internal process to identify high-risk suppliers within our procurement network. Building on this in 2025, we will

engage an external party to conduct comprehensive audits on high-risk suppliers, focusing on risks related to human rights, sustainability

and legal compliance.

As part of our effort to enhance sustainability in our supply chain, we mapped the top 60% of our supplier base by spend in 2024, and

initiated a review of their reporting on Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions and emission reduction targets. The mapping covered

purchased goods and services, capital goods and upstream transportation. Approximately half of the suppliers mapped currently track

their emissions and have targets in place. Most suppliers who do not report on emissions are SMMEs. The next step will involve engaging

these companies to support and guide their emissions reduction pathways.

ZERO TOLERANCE FOR UNETHICAL BEHAVIOUR

Suppliers and service providers are expected to operate within the ethical and legal parameters set out in our business integrity policy,

our standard terms and conditions for suppliers and our code of conduct, which are all available on our website. These policies make

it clear that we are implacably opposed to corruption. We will neither give nor accept bribes nor permit others to do so in our name,

either in our dealings with public officials or with suppliers and customers.

Employees, contractors, suppliers, business partners and other external stakeholders are encouraged to report and raise concerns about

conduct that is contrary to the values and standards described in our business integrity policy using our anonymous tip-off line, HAIBO!.

For more information, refer to page 162.

151

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

152

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### PAYMENTS TO GOVERNMENT

#### During the year, we paid R4,518 billion in the form of corporate income, payroll, dividend

#### withholding, carbon and royalty taxes to the South African and Australian governments.

Payments to governments in 2024

Rand (million)

South Africa Australia Total

Corporate income tax

1,240 105 1,345

Royalty tax

181 930 1,112

Payroll tax

1,433 485 1,918

Skills development levies and unemployment insurance fund

64

–

64

Carbon tax

4



4

Dividend withholding taxes (UK shareholders)

75

–

75

Total 2,998 1, 521 4,518

#### RESPONSIBLE TAXATION

Honest and transparent reporting of tax payments reinforces our

commitment to ethical governance and fosters relationships that are

based on accountability and trust.

We commit to meeting our tax obligations accurately and on time,

and to honouring both the spirit and the letter of the law. We also

recognise that our tax practices must reflect genuine commercial

realities.

Wherever possible, we aim for certainty on tax matters and, where tax

authorities have implemented cooperative compliance arrangements,

favourably consider participation. By applying tax transparency

principles, we:

•  Demonstrate our commitment to good tax governance and

mitigate risk to shareholders

•  Develop and maintain long-term, open and constructive

relationships with tax authorities

•  Illustrate the industry’s economic contribution to regional and

national economies

•  Make a meaningful contribution to ongoing tax and transparency

debates by proactively engaging with industry bodies, business

forums and civil society.

#### Tax policy and administration

•  Stable tax regimes with predictable rules that are introduced

proactively and in consultation with stakeholders.

•  Tax legislation that follows internationally agreed principles and

therefore fosters certainty.

•  Tax administration procedures that ensure reliable reimbursements

and timely refunds.

#### Basis of taxation

•  Tax is levied on a fair and equitable basis so that both investors

and governments share the risks and rewards. This supports long-

term investment, job creation and the creation of wealth.

•  Tax is levied on profits so that appropriate revenues can be

raised at the appropriate time.

•  Detailed tax rules consider the industry’s specific characteristics,

including relief for exploration, infrastructural and capital

expenditure.

•  Taxation is based on mining royalties and is levied on profit

rather than revenue, ensuring that the tax burden aligns with

actual earnings.

Fiscal, political and economic elements play a significant role in shaping both investment decisions and operational strategies in the

mining sector over time. Jurisdictions with the following tax characteristics therefore assist in developing strong, longer-term relationships

with taxpayers:

TAX FACTORS THAT AFFECT THE MINING SECTOR

![]()

153

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

4

04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE 06. APPENDICES

EFFICIENT TAX MANAGEMENT

All tax positions must be fully compliant with legal, regulatory and professional requirements. Our dedicated Group tax function is

required to plan tax matters responsibly and may not take an aggressive position on the outcome of a tax matter. Nor may it act in a

manner that is clearly and explicitly contrary to legislation. The function may only pursue transactions and tax positions that it is prepared

to disclose to revenue authorities and that are based on commercial relevance to the business.

We are committed to complying with all applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate. The management and tolerance

of tax risks are guided by our tax policy and Group risk appetite philosophy – to achieve shareholder value without compromising our

integrity, values and reputation by risking, among other things, regulatory non-compliance.

Our Group tax policy establishes a coordinated approach to tax risk management and is founded on efficient tax management,

management in line with the Group governance framework and commitments made to stakeholders.

#### TAX GOVERNANCE

MANAGING TAX IN LINE WITH OUR GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK

The Group tax function is expected to:

•  Act in accordance with our code of conduct and values

•  Establish tax policies that contain detailed guidance and

procedures to ensure that our tax strategy is implemented and

embedded.

•  Present relevant tax matters to the audit committee and board; and

•  Make use of an appropriate tax risk assessment framework. This

ensures that a consistent approach is taken to determine whether

a decision, position or transaction brings with it an unacceptable

level of tax risk.

We adopt the following tax practices:

•  Ensuring that taxation is consistent with the structure and

location of our activities, human and material resources and

the business and financial risks of each entity.

•  Aligning and/or integrating our tax policy, tax risk management

and control systems with other Group policies.

•  Conducting transactions between related entities on the basis of

the fair market value, adhering to the arm’s length principle, and

complying with the transfer pricing documentation obligations

set by tax legislation.

•  Expressly prohibiting employees from advising or providing

any services to clients that may be understood as tax advice

that may result in tax evasion activities by clients, providers or

employees.

•  Identifying and controlling possible tax risks in all transactions

involving the acquisition of relevant assets, entities and

businesses, by conducting tax due diligence studies, structural

studies and/or similar tax analyses.

•  Developing a specific procedure manual for tax management

and control, and for the supervision of the Group’s internal

information and tax control systems.

•  This procedure will manage and control the Group’s tax risks

and be binding on all employees and, to the extent that they

are affected, third parties.

GOOD TAX PRACTICE

SHAREHOLDERS

To achieve the most beneficial post-tax

position for the Group and its shareholders

– transparently and within the confines of

legislation.

COMMUNITIES AND SOCIETY

To pay taxes that contribute to economic

development and support a sustainable,

inclusive future for local people.

GOVERNMENT

To comply with the tax laws set by the South

African Revenue Service and the Australian

Taxation Office. We build and maintain trusted

relationships with these authorities by paying the

right amount of tax at the right time.

#### COMMITMENTS TO OUR STAKEHOLDERS

ENVIRONMENT AND FUTURE

SUSTAINABILITY

To comply with ‘green tax’ regulations such as

the carbon tax, among others.

![]()

154

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

## GOVERNANCE

Governance  155

Risk management  162

05

154

![]()

155

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

5

05. GOVERNANCE04. SOCIAL 06. APPENDICES

### GOVERNANCE

Our purpose is to create value for all stakeholders, including shareholders, suppliers,

#### employees and the communities that host our mining sites.

This can only be achieved through sound corporate governance, which ensures that we act in the best interests of every stakeholder,

disclose accurate and transparent details of all aspects of our performance and take accountability for our actions.

emphasis on risk management and internal controls;

the utilisation of best-practice standards to elevate sustainability efforts.

a thorough understanding of ESG structures, processes, risks and opportunities;

honest and transparent reporting of ESG performance; and

setting clearly defined goals and objectives;

ESG GOVERNANCE AT THUNGELA ENCOMPASSES:

The Thungela Board has ultimate oversight of our approach to ESG and the delivery of our objectives in this crucial area.

This incorporates all aspects of ESG, including climate change, and the progress we make against the targets we have set for ourselves.

The board’s responsibility extends not just to Thungela, but also to its subsidiary companies, associates, trusts and joint ventures. It is led

by independent non-executive director Sango Ntsaluba. As chairman, he is responsible for setting the tone for an ethical culture at board

level, and for ensuring that the board fulfils its duties with integrity and in accordance with established corporate governance principles.

The board's oversight of ESG-related matters is supported by its six committees, primarily the social, ethics and transformation committee

(SETCO) and the health, safety, environment and risk (HSE and risk) committee, which are delegated specific oversight roles related

to sustainability and governance performance. These committees report their findings and recommendations to the board after every

scheduled meeting or should the need arise.

#### OVERSIGHT

Focus on environmental management

and transparent reporting on issues

such as responsible water use, mine

closure, biodiversity, climate change

and driving the pathway to net zero

emissions.

Emphasising the implementation

of, and compliance with,

governance processes and

procedures with a zero tolerance

for fraud and corruption.

Reviewing policies and processes

that underpin the integrity of risk

management and internal controls.

Ensuring the business operates safely.

Reviewing operational performance and management. Ensuring adequate succession planning at senior levels.

The board’s roles and responsibilities include:

![]()

156

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

Has expanded duties and is

required to report on, and oversee,

the effectiveness and integrity

of the Group’s accounting and

financial reporting, external audit,

internal audit, integrated reporting

and combined assurance.

Oversees human resource development,

talent management and skills retention.

Reviews, for board and shareholder

approval, the remuneration report and

considers all remuneration-related

matters, including salary increases and

incentive awards.

Oversees transformation and

employment equity agenda.

Manages broad-based black economic

empowerment (B-BBEE), ethics and

responsible business practices,

stakeholder relations and responsible

corporate citizenship.

Audit committee Remuneration and human

resources committee

Social, ethics and

transformation committee

Has overall oversight of risk,

information management

and cybersecurity as well as

sustainability with a focus on safety,

health and environment.

Determines risk appetite and

reviews legal matters.

Health, safely,

environment and

risk committee

Nominates, elects and appoints

board members.

Responsible for board succession

planning, performance evaluations,

the review and recommendation

of sound governance principles

and monitoring of regulatory

compliance.

Nomination and

governance committee

Reviews and evaluates all

investments and related financing,

divestments, corporate restructuring

and financing proposals that

exceed Group executive committee

authority and require board

approval.

Monitors execution and tracks

performance post-implementation.

Investment committee

A more detailed account of corporate governance, including reports from the board and its various committees, can be found in the

governance section of our Integrated Annual Report and on our website (https://www.thungela.com/investors/corporate-governance).

#### THE BOARD

![]()

157

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

5

05. GOVERNANCE04. SOCIAL 06. APPENDICES

#### ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

ROLE RESPONSIBILITY

Board

•  Sets and steers strategic direction and works with the executive committee to create value for

all stakeholders, ensuring that our strategy and business model are fit-for-purpose in the short,

medium and long term. It also ensures we retain the flexibility to adapt to changing market

conditions and secure the business’ sustainability.

•  Designating the board as the custodian of corporate governance gives it effective control to

ensure business accountability. The Thungela approvals framework ensures that business matters

are managed and approved at the right levels and that the board retains oversight of the

business. The executive committee implements and executes the board-approved strategy while

ensuring accountability for performance through reporting and disclosure.

•  The board reviews and approves business policies and processes that contribute to value creation

through good governance, corporate social responsibility and an ethical culture and ensures the

integrity of risk management and internal controls.

•  The board’s oversight and monitoring of performance contribute value to the business and its

stakeholders by ensuring a fair and transparent approach.

•  By mandating its committees to act on its behalf, the board is able to:

» ensure adequate succession planning at senior levels;

» effectively review operational performance and management;

» ensure the implementation of, and compliance with, governance processes; and procedures,

with zero tolerance for fraud and corruption;

» ensure the business operates safely; and

» focus on climate change, driving the pathway to net zero.

Board committees with specific

ESG responsibilities

•  The SETCO has oversight of and ensures compliance with laws, codes and standards that apply

in the running of a principled and socially responsible business, focusing on ethics, stakeholder

relationships, corporate citizenship, inclusion and diversity and human rights.

•  The HSE and risk committee has oversight of risk, information management and sustainability, with

a focus on safety, health and the environment. It determines the Group’s risk appetite and reviews

legal matters. In addition, it reviews and develops framework policies and guidelines for the

management of sustainability issues, commissions audits to assess legal and internal compliance

and ensures that management systems such as hazard identification and risk assessment, medical

surveillance and incident investigation are in place, to aid in identifying and managing risks.

Executive committee

•  Led by the chief executive officer, the executive committee is responsible for implementing and

monitoring our sustainability activities.

•  Formulates short-, medium- and long-term objectives linked to the creation of long-term value

creation.

•  Continuously reviews and oversees the implementation and execution of approved ESG-related

strategies, policies and programmes.

•  Reviews ESG performance against objectives and key performance indicators.

Functional committees and senior

management

•  A SHE steering committee comprising the executive committee, internal functional heads and

general managers meets monthly to discuss specific issues, governance matters and operational

feedback on ESG action items.

•  The general manager at each operation, together with their leadership team, is responsible for

oversight of daily ESG-related activities.

•  Each operation has a social performance management committee to promote an integrated and

cross-functional approach to managing social performance risks and impacts, and achieving

alignment with new policy requirements.

•  A monthly learn-and-share meeting provides a platform for learning from incidents of a safety,

environment and social nature. It is attended by all middle and senior managers across the

business and is a critical part of our risk management process.

![]()

158

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

SETCO MEETS BIANNUALLY. ITS FOCUS AREAS FOR 2024 WERE TO:

THE HSE AND RISK COMMITTEE MEETS QUARTERLY. ITS 2024 FOCUS AREAS WERE TO:

•  Continue to align ESG disclosures with the ISSB S1 and S2 reporting standards

•  Optimise our B-BBEE scorecard

•  Launch the Thungela Education Initiative

•  Promote talent retention and attraction

•  Become a United Nations Global Compact participant

•  Consider responsible mine closure and social risks and impacts

•  Train our workforce on human rights

•  Continue to drive the talent strategy through annual talent reviews and the succession planning process, including tracking and

delivering on talent KPIs

•  Review the root causes for whistleblowing incidents

•  Ensure Thungela's safety and health objectives were achieved

•  Review the Ensham health and safety systems and controls, aligning these with the Group's standards

•  Guide response plans to address the risks identified

•  Review rehabilitation and water management plans

•  Review climate change risks and opportunities and the organisation's management thereof

•  Review the pathway to net zero emissions and decarbonisation

•  Successfully completing information management (IM) separation and transition services

•  Manage IM risks effectively

•  Obtain the Mafube mineral residue deposit licence

•  Manage the risks of community relations effectively

•  Manage the Transnet Freight Rail risk effectively

Our policies and technical standards guide our approach to managing our environmental and social impacts, risks and opportunities. They

support the realisation of our values and code of conduct which, together, detail the behaviour and performance expectations we have

of directors, employees, business partners and associates. Our operations tailor policies to reflect local cultures and regional challenges.

Ethical business practices are established through standards, procedures and guidelines that support our commitment to be a responsible

producer of coal. The Thungela technical standards define the minimum requirements we set for our operations to manage a wide range

of specific issues. These issues include, for example, the management of water, energy, mineral residue storage and water management

facilities and various technical aspects of mining that relate to safety.

158

![]()

159

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

5

05. GOVERNANCE04. SOCIAL 06. APPENDICES

#### CYBERSECURITY

Cybersecurity is a critical governance risk that affects business

resilience, stakeholder trust and regulatory compliance.

Our IM processes are aligned with the National Institute of

Standards and Technology and the Centre for Internet Security’s

best practices, while our managed security service provider is ISO

27001 certified.

We have in-house security and phishing awareness initiatives

in place to strengthen our resilience against cyber threats and

employ a user awareness training and testing tool to conduct

scenario testing. We also run training on South Africa’s Protection

of Personal Information Act to reinforce best practices for handling

sensitive data securely.

Automated vulnerability scanning takes place continuously on

externally exposed assets through the implementation of relevant

technology.

Incident response procedures and processes are in place, while

a disaster response plan will be actioned and a preparedness

exercise executed in 2025. These will feed into our overall business

continuity plans. Incident response procedures, particularly for

critical incidents, follow our established major incident management

process, which is activated for every priority 1 incident logged.

No data breaches have occurred over the past three years, and we

have information security risk insurance in place.

A responsible team evaluates changes to third-party-provided

IM services and systems, and service providers who do not

meet minimum qualification criteria are disqualified. There is

zero tolerance for third parties who do not meet our security

requirements.

An artificial intelligence (AI) strategy is in the process of being

developed. Certain functionality in our IM environment, such as

read.ai, have been blocked due to potential data security risks.

We are currently building a large language model for the use of

AI, with limited access to certain users.

#### DOING BUSINESS ETHICALLY

Corporate governance is the cornerstone of how we run our

business. We are dedicated to maintaining the highest standards

of governance and aim to cultivate a culture that values and

rewards ethical behaviour, integrity and respect. This encompasses

comprehensive risk management, which is vital if we are to be

a devoted steward of the natural environment, a responsible

employer and a dependable corporate citizen.

We are guided by the principles set forth in the King IV Report

on Corporate Governance for South Africa 2016 (King IV), the

performance standards established by the International Finance

Corporation, applicable legislation and widely accepted industry

practices. Strong processes, policies and principles shape the

board's activities and establish a robust ethical culture. They

ensure compliance with statutory and industry requirements, while

providing direction and defining the limits of decision-making.

Importantly, ethical principles are also woven into our values, code

of conduct, strategies, policies, procedures and standards.

We commit to the timely identification of business and ESG risks

and opportunities, and have a zero-tolerance stance on corruption,

fraud and misconduct. We also encourage the reporting of

inappropriate behaviour while protecting whistleblowers. We are

committed to tax transparency and to preventing anti-competitive

practices and money laundering.

![]()

160

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

INCLUSION AND DIVERSITY

Our inclusion and diversity policy addresses all aspects of diversity and fosters inclusivity across the organisation. This includes the

board. We are dedicated to transparent and equitable executive compensation structures that are tied to various factors, including ESG.

Further details on ESG-related compensation can be found in the remuneration report on page 98 of the Integrated Annual Report. The

board comprises individuals whose diverse knowledge, race, cultural backgrounds, age and gender all positively impact the fulfilment

of its duties.

Two black women serve as independent non-executive directors alongside three black and three white males. Ranging in age from 47

to 64, their collective expertise in accounting, finance, technical fields, engineering, sustainability and management ensures that the

board is well-structured, with complementary skills and a balanced distribution of authority. In 2024, we were saddened by the passing

of Thero Setiloane, who served as chairman of our SETCO. Tommy McKeith, who was appointed to the board in October 2024, now

serves in this role and is a member of both the board’s audit committee and HSE and risk committee.

Appointments are made based on merit, considering skills, experience, independence and knowledge. Each year, the nomination and

governance committee assesses the board’s effectiveness in terms of its size, diversity and demographics.

LEADING ETHICALLY

By conducting business responsibly, we prioritise the best interests of all our stakeholders. This involves being accountable in our

operations, acknowledging our actions and providing transparent and honest information about our performance. We uphold values

of honesty, fairness, respect, community and integrity, which must be demonstrated at all levels. To foster ethical leadership, we have a

business-wide code of ethics and a whistleblowing policy and process, both of which are communicated throughout the organisation,

including to the board. Our approach is to address unethical behaviour promptly and fairly while recognising and rewarding ethical

conduct. The board's rights and responsibilities are outlined in the board charter, ensuring a clear balance of power and authority so

that no single director has unchecked decision-making power.

WHISTLEBLOWING

Our independent whistleblowing service, HAIBO!, plays a crucial role in eliminating unethical behaviour

and is accessible to internal and external stakeholders, including members of the board, employees,

contractors, business partners and members of the public. This service enables anonymous reporting of

illegal, inappropriate and unscrupulous behaviour, while ensuring the confidentiality and protection of

whistleblowers. Our whistleblowing policy is available on our website.

We actively encourage reporting through various internal and external communication channels, as well

as during return-from-leave inductions and mandatory training covering topics such as human rights, our

code of conduct and issues related to bullying, victimisation and harassment. Whistleblowers can report

anonymously in their preferred language using a toll-free hotline and dedicated email address.

In 2024, the hotline received 248 contacts, leading to 59 official reports, of which 48 were resolved by

the end of the year. The SETCO regularly reviews a summary of reports to identify trends and necessary

corrective actions. It also assesses feedback on incidents and the outcomes of investigations. Any incidents

with significant financial implications are reported to the audit committee.

CODE OF CONDUCT AND BUSINESS INTEGRITY

Our code of conduct serves as an internal guideline and an external statement of our commitment to acting with accountability and

care and respect. This is for the people who work for and with us, for the communities that host our mining sites, and for the natural

environment. It sets out our mission, our corporate values and our culture and links these to best-practice global standards, which provide

the benchmarks against which we and others will measure our performance. It brings together in one place our core values, behaviours,

ethical principles, policies and standards and is a user-friendly guide to doing what is right.

Our code of conduct and business integrity policy and performance standard is accessible on the company intranet and website. Regular

awareness of the code, together with our whistleblowing service, is promoted through multiple internal channels, including the Thungela

Weekly, which employees receive via email or SMS once a week. Board members also receive periodic reminders via email.

All management levels, employees, contractor and key suppliers are required to undergo training on the code of conduct and business

integrity policy. Awareness of the requirements of both policies is raised on a continuous basis via different media.

Any violations of these policies are reported, investigated and resolved, with disciplinary action taken when necessary.

![]()

161

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

5

05. GOVERNANCE04. SOCIAL 06. APPENDICES

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Directors are prohibited from engaging in direct business transactions and must disclose their business interests to the remuneration and

nomination committee every year. Board and committee meetings commence with declarations of personal interests, where members

must formally declare any actual, potential or perceived direct or indirect conflict.

New employees are required to disclose any conflict of interest, and vetting is conducted during the hiring process. We maintain an

electronic register where individuals must declare both real and perceived conflicts of interest, as well as any external directorships. These

declarations are approved by their managers, and the register is audited by the internal audit department once a year.

RISKS RELATED TO CORRUPTION

Assessments for corruption-related risks at all our operations are undertaken by our internal audit department, which monitors and

reports findings to the executive committee. A quarterly report is also provided to the SETCO, which is responsible for relaying findings

to the board.

LEGISLATIVE COMPLIANCE

We understand the significance of adhering to legislation and following non-binding codes and standards. We strive to foster a culture

of compliance that assures the board and management that all legal and regulatory requirements have been fulfilled.

Our legal and risk and assurance departments are responsible for the compliance function and are developing a regulatory compliance

framework to help monitor and track our fulfilment of regulatory requirements.

Reports to the nomination and governance committee keep board members informed of the level of regulatory compliance achieved.

Members of the compliance function attend meetings at the board’s request.

DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY

We have updated our approvals framework to incorporate Ensham concerning delegation of authority and regulatory compliance. The

framework covers execution, operational expenditure, and supply chain; communication and ESG; human resources, finance, legal,

assurance; sales and marketing; and governance and strategy. It is reviewed annually to ensure its continued relevance.

![]()

162

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

### INTEGRATED RISK MANAGEMENT

We integrate ESG risk management into every aspect of our business, not only to prevent or

#### mitigate harm, but to drive sustainable practices that create lasting, positive impacts.

OUR APPROACH

Integrated risk management (IRM) provides a strategic, organisational framework that enables us to identify, assess and address risks to

our long-term objectives. In contrast, operational risk management (ORM) deals with risks at a day-to-day level to ensure that potential

incidents are identified and controlled in real time. Together, these approaches create a comprehensive and proactive risk management

system.

Our IRM policy and framework and ORM standard are aligned with the International Standardization Organization’s 31000 principles

and guidelines. In South Africa, we also comply with the Johannesburg Stock Exchange’s Listing Requirements and principle 11 of the

King IV Report on Corporate Governance.

These help us to systematically identify, prioritise, evaluate and manage a broad spectrum of risks and ensure that they are clearly and

effectively cascaded to all levels.

Each of our sites maintains a risk and control register, which forms the basis of an executive risk summary that is updated and presented

to the board twice a year. This highlights key risks that are then assessed in relation to organisational risk appetite.

A thorough review of these registers ensures that we consider all risks across all levels. The IRM framework defines the responsibilities for

reassessments, their frequency, required documentation, and the facilitation and review of various business processes.

Risk management is a critical responsibility of the board and executive committee, while the board’s audit and HSE and risk committees

oversee and support the IRM process.

#### OUR INTEGRATED RISK MANAGEMENT

#### PROCESS

The IRM process is ongoing and begins by defining risks that could

hinder or delay the achievement of our business’s objectives. This

is followed by an analysis of the root causes, contributing factors

and consequences, with the level of detail varying depending on

the assessment’s objectives and the severity of potential outcomes.

Evaluations determine which risks require treatment and should be

prioritised for leadership attention. We also assess current controls

and their effectiveness and use a 5x5 matrix to determine risk

ratings. These are based on two factors: the risk’s potential impact

and the likelihood that it will materialise. We define risk appetite

as the type and level of risk we are willing to accept to achieve our

objectives, while ‘risk tolerance’ refers to our ability to manage or

strategically absorb that risk.

See page 34 of our integrated report for details.

PROJECT

RISK

INTEGRATED

EXECUTIVE

RISKS

OPERATIONAL

AND

FUNCTIONAL

RISK

![]()

163

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

5

05. GOVERNANCE04. SOCIAL 06. APPENDICES

MANAGING RISKS ON THE FRONTLINE

#### Check that controls are working

Consider the

context

Understand

the hazards

Identify

unwanted

events

Analyse the

risks

Think about

what controls

could be

implemented

Treat the

risks

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Our ORM standard sets out how risks should be managed at an operational level and ensures that sites follow the requirements of our

IRM policy and framework.

The ORM process is divided into four layers – baseline, issue-based, task-based and continuous risk management, that help employees

manage risks in their day-to-day working environments. It enables operational teams to identify, plan for and reduce unwanted events

by applying the right controls and carrying out tasks to minimise negative outcomes. Critical controls are central to ORM, particularly

for operational risks that could result in a workplace fatality or other catastrophic event.

ORM is an evolving process and improves as we learn from incidents. Regular risk management training is provided to employees based

on their responsibilities.

163

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

164

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### ASSURANCE

Regular internal and external audit programmes give us the assurance that priority and catastrophic risks have been identified and that

we have the controls in place to prevent, mitigate and manage them.

Our internal assurance department is the custodian of the IRM framework and supports the execution of risk management activities at

operations. It is responsible for producing the executive risk report twice annually and for developing assurance plans based on the

outputs of risk and control registers.

WE HAVE THREE LEVELS OF ASSURANCE:

FIRST LEVEL ASSURANCE

Our operations manage risks through inspections and operational checks and by self-correcting

deviations. This involves, among other things, safety and occupational health inspections,

water sampling and dust monitoring that trigger the necessary actions. Sites undertake self-

assessments against our technical standards.

1 2

164

![]()

165

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

5

05. GOVERNANCE04. SOCIAL 06. APPENDICES

THIRD LEVEL ASSURANCE

Our in-house internal assurance service and third-party

auditors undertake evaluations of standards, governance

and risk management. This includes audits for ISO 14001

and 45001 compliance, legal requirements and ESG

data assurance.

3

SECOND LEVEL ASSURANCE

Site audits and investigations are undertaken by

subject matter experts and functional experts who

review and validate firstlevel assessments, monitor

and analyse to support effective risk management.

165

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

166

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

## APPENDICES

Independent assurance statement  167

Selected reporting criteria  172

Carbon accounting methodologies  175

Glossary  180

Corporate information  184

06

166

![]()

167

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

6

06. APPENDICES04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE

#### To the directors of Thungela Resources Limited

#### REPORT ON SELECTED KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

We have undertaken an assurance engagement on selected key performance indicators (KPIs), as described below, and presented in

the Environmental, Social and Governance Report 2024 of Thungela Resources Limited (“Thungela”) for the year ended 31 December

2024 (the Report). This engagement was conducted by a multidisciplinary team including environmental, health, safety and assurance

specialists with relevant experience in sustainability reporting.

#### Subject Matter

We have been engaged to provide a reasonable assurance opinion on the KPIs listed in Table A and a limited assurance conclusion on

the KPIs listed in Table B below. The selected KPIs described below have been prepared in accordance with the relevant KPI definitions

as set out in the Selected Reporting Criteria for Sustainability Assurance Appendix of the Report (“reporting criteria”).

Table A: Reasonable assurance on the following KPIs (marked with a ‘RA’ on the relevant pages in

the Report)

Table B: Limited assurance on the following KPIs (marked with a ‘LA’ on the relevant pages of the

Report)

### INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE

### PRACTITIONER’S ASSURANCE

### REPORT ON SELECTED KEY

### PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS UNIT OF MEASUREMENT BOUNDARY PAGE NUMBER

Total work-related fatal injuries Number Thungela Group 22; 90

Scope 1 emissions Kilo tonnes CO

2

e Thungela Group 68

Scope 2 emissions Kilo tonnes CO

2

e Thungela Group 68

Total energy used Million GJ Thungela Group 22; 72; 73

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS UNIT OF MEASUREMENT BOUNDARY PAGE NUMBER

Total work-related injuries Number Thungela Group 90

Total recordable case frequency rate (Including

LTIs) (TRCFR)

Rate Thungela Group 22; 24; 90

Lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) Rate Thungela Group 90

Total number of new cases of noise induced hearing

loss (NIHL)

Number Thungela Group 94; 97

Employees exposed to inhalable hazards over the

occupational exposure limit

Number Thungela Group

excluding Ensham

96

Employees exposed to noise over 85 dBA Number Thungela Group

excluding Ensham

96

![]()

168

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS UNIT OF MEASURE BOUNDARY PAGE NUMBER

Scope 3 emissions Kilo tonnes CO

2

e Thungela Group 70

Total number of Level 3, 4 & 5 environmental

incidents reported

Number Thungela Group 22; 25; 38; 48

Freshwater abstraction ML Thungela Group 22; 49

Potable water extraction from the EWRP ML Thungela Group

excluding Ensham

48

Water reused/recycled (water efficiency) Percentage Thungela Group

excluding Ensham

22; 25; 48; 49

Land rehabilitation – Reshaping; topsoiling; and

seeding completed

Ha Thungela Group 75

Total amount spent on corporate social investment

(CSI)

Rand million Thungela Group 135

Total amount spent Socio-economic Development

projects (SED)

Rand million Thungela Group 23; 135

Total amount spent Social and Labour Plans (SLP) Rand million Thungela Group 135

Total amount spent on Strategic projects: Enterprise

and supplier development (ESD)

Rand million Thungela Group 135

Total amount spent on Strategic projects: Education Rand million Thungela Group 135

Total number of Level 3, 4 & 5 Social related

incidents reported

Number Thungela Group 22; 118

Percentage of security personnel trained on human

rights

Percentage Thungela Group 12 5

Hazardous waste generated Tonnes Thungela Group 41

Non-hazardous waste generated Tonnes Thungela Group 41

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The directors are responsible for the selection, preparation and presentation of the selected KPIs in accordance with the reporting criteria.

This responsibility includes the identification of stakeholders and stakeholder requirements, material issues, commitments with respect to

sustainability performance and design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation of the report that

is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. The Directors are also responsible for determining the appropriateness of

the measurement and reporting criteria in view of the intended users of the selected KPIs and for ensuring that those criteria are publicly

available to the Report users.

INHERENT LIMITATIONS

The Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emission quantification is subject to inherent uncertainty because of incomplete scientific knowledge used to

determine emissions factors and the values needed to combine emissions of different gases.

OUR INDEPENDENCE AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT

We have complied with the independence and other ethical requirements of the Code of Professional Conduct for Registered Auditors

issued by the Independent Regulatory Board for Auditors (IRBA Code), which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity,

professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour. The IRBA Code is consistent with the corresponding

sections of the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including

International Independence Standards).

Deloitte applies the International Standard on Quality Management 1, which requires the firm to design, implement and operate a system of

quality management including policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable

legal and regulatory requirements.

![]()

169

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

6

06. APPENDICES04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE

ASSURANCE PRACTITIONER’S RESPONSIBILITY

Our responsibility is to express either a reasonable assurance opinion or limited assurance conclusion on the selected KPIs as set out in Table

A and Table B of the Subject Matter paragraph, based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained. We

conducted our assurance engagement in accordance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised),

Assurance Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information issued by the International Auditing and Assurance

Standards Board. This Standard requires that we plan and perform our engagement to obtain the appropriate level of assurance about

whether the selected KPIs are free from material misstatement.

The procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and timing and are less in extent than for a reasonable assurance

engagement. As a result, the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance that

would have been obtained had we performed a reasonable assurance engagement.

(A) REASONABLE ASSURANCE

A reasonable assurance engagement undertaken in accordance with ISAE 3000 (Revised) involves performing procedures to obtain

evidence about the measurement of the selected KPIs and related disclosures in the Report. The nature, timing and extent of procedures

selected depend on the auditor’s professional judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the selected KPIs,

whether due to fraud or error.

In making those risk assessments we have considered internal control relevant to Thungela’s preparation of the selected KPIs. A reasonable

assurance engagement also includes:

•  Evaluating the appropriateness of quantification methods, reporting policies and internal guidelines used and the reasonableness of

estimates made by Thungela;

•  Assessing the suitability in the circumstances of Thungela’s use of the applicable reporting criteria as a basis for preparing the selected

information; and

•  Evaluating the overall presentation of the selected sustainability performance information.

We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

(B) LIMITED ASSURANCE

A limited assurance engagement undertaken in accordance with ISAE 3000 (Revised) involves assessing the suitability in the circumstances

of Thungela’s use of its reporting criteria as the basis of preparation for the selected KPIs, assessing the risks of material misstatement of the

selected KPIs whether due to fraud or error, responding to the assessed risks as necessary in the circumstances, and evaluating the overall

presentation of the selected KPIs. A limited assurance engagement is substantially less in scope than a reasonable assurance engagement in

relation to both risk assessment procedures, including an understanding of internal control, and the procedures performed in response to the

assessed risks. Accordingly, for the KPIs where limited assurance was obtained, we do not express a reasonable assurance opinion about

whether Thungela’s selected KPIs have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the accompanying reporting criteria.

The procedures we performed were based on our professional judgement and included inquiries, observation of processes followed,

inspection of documents, analytical procedures, evaluating the appropriateness of quantification methods and reporting policies, and

agreeing or reconciling with underlying records.

Given the circumstances of the engagement, in performing the procedures listed above we:

•  Interviewed management and senior executives to obtain an understanding of the internal control environment, risk assessment process

and information systems relevant to the sustainability reporting process;

•  Inspected documentation to corroborate the statements of management and senior executives in our interviews;

•  Performed a walkthrough of processes and systems to generate, collate, aggregate, monitor and report the selected KPIs;

•  Inspected supporting documentation on a sample basis and performed analytical procedures to evaluate the data generation and

reporting processes against the reporting criteria; and

•  Evaluated whether the selected KPIs presented in the Report are consistent with our overall knowledge and experience of sustainability

management and performance at Thungela.

![]()

170

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

#### REASONABLE ASSURANCE OPINION AND LIMITED ASSURANCE CONCLUSION

(A) REASONABLE ASSURANCE OPINION

In our opinion, and subject to the inherent limitations outlined elsewhere in this report, the selected KPIs set out in Table A of the Subject

Matter paragraph above for the year ended 31 December 2024 are prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the reporting

criteria.

(B) LIMITED ASSURANCE CONCLUSION

Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained, and subject to the inherent limitations outlined

elsewhere in this report, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the selected KPIs as set out in Table B of the

Subject Matter paragraph above for the year ended 31 December 2024 are not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with

the reporting criteria.

OTHER MATTERS

Our report includes the provision of limited assurance on the following KPIs:

•  Total work-related injuries; and

•  Scope 3 emissions.

These selected KPIs were previously not subject to assurance.

The maintenance and integrity of Thungela‘s website is the responsibility of Thungela’s management. Our procedures did not involve

consideration of these matters and, accordingly, we accept no responsibility for any changes to either the information in the Report or

our independent assurance report that may have occurred since the initial date of its presentation on Thungela‘s website.

RESTRICTION OF LIABILITY

Our work has been undertaken to enable us to express a reasonable assurance opinion and a limited assurance conclusion on the

selected KPIs to the Directors of Thungela in accordance with the terms of our engagement, and for no other purpose. We do not accept

or assume liability to any party other than Thungela for our work, for this report, or for the conclusion we have reached.

#### Deloitte & Touche

#### Registered Auditors

Per Jyoti Vallabh

Chartered Accountant (SA)

Registered Auditor

Partner

23 April 2025

5 Magwa Crescent

Waterfall City, Waterfall

Private Bag x6, Gallo Manor, 2052

South Africa

![]()

171

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

6

06. APPENDICES04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE

171

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

![]()

172

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

KPI DEFINITION

Work-related fatal injury A death resulting from a work-related injury. However, while fatal injuries that result from criminal

activity and public-road incidents are recorded for management purposes, these are not included in

formal statistics and frequency-rate calculations.

Total work-related injuries This includes fatal injuries, lost-time injuries, medical treatment cases and first aid cases. Injuries are

diagnosed by medical and safety professionals according to the company criteria. These criteria are

additional to local legal reporting and compensation requirements.

Total recordable case

frequency rate

(TRCFR)

Total recordable case frequency rate (calculated) is the number of recordable injuries (fatalities +

lost-time injuries + medical treatment cases) per 1,000,000 hours worked (total recordable cases x

1,000,000/total hours worked).

First aid cases – minor work-related injuries which, in normal circumstances, can be treated successfully

in accordance with recognised first aid training – are not included in this calculation.

Lost time injury frequency

rate (LTIFR)

The number of lost time injuries per million hours worked.

Land rehabilitation –

reshaping; topsoiling; and

seeding completed

Total hectares reshaped during the current year, total hectares where the relevant growth medium has

been constructed to date in the current year and total hectares seeded and/or planted in the current

year.

New cases of noise induced

hearing loss (NIHL)

Number of employees diagnosed with NIHL during the reporting period. New cases are recorded

when:

•  The rules for diagnostic criteria for occupational disease in Thungela have been met

•  There is a pattern consistent with NIHL on the audiogram;

•  The average hearing loss at frequencies 0.5, 1, 2, 3 and 4 kHz for both ears is greater than 25 dBA;

•  There has been a 10 dB change in average hearing loss since the pre-placement audiogram

recorded on employment with Thungela; and

•  The employee has not previously been counted as a NIHL case.

Total number of employees

exposed to noise above 85

dBA

Total number of employees and contractors assigned to Homogenous Exposure Group in “A” and

“B” classification band, i.e. (without considering PPE) to noise levels >85dB(A). The number of

people exposed to noise >85db(A) are quantified in accordance with the Department of Mineral

and Petroleum Resource’s Guideline for Mandatory Code of Practice for an Occupational Health

Programme for Noise (issued 11 February 2022) and represents the number of employees and

contractors exposed as assessed at the beginning of the reporting period (and increased as a result of

permanent changes to a specific operation).

Employees exposed to

inhalable hazards over the

occupational exposure limit

(Total number of employees and contractors assigned to Homogenous Exposure Groups in an

“A” classification band, i.e. ≥OEL (without considering PPE) for inhalable hazards. The number of

people exposed to inhalable hazards are quantified in accordance with the Department of Mineral

and Petroleum Resource’s Guideline for the Compilation of a Mandatory Code of Practice for an

Occupational Health Programme on Personal Exposure to Airborne Pollutants (issued 6 April 2018)

and represents the number of employees and contractors exposed as assessed at the beginning of the

reporting period (and increased as a result of permanent changes to a specific operation).

Total energy use Total energy use is calculated from electricity purchased, energy from fossil fuels and energy from

renewable fuels, and reported in million GJ.

Scope 1 emissions Scope 1 emissions are direct GHG emissions from sources that Thungela owns or controls directly.

Thungela’s Scope 1 emissions from all sites are as a result of the following activities::

•  Stationary combustion – includes diesel and petrol used in generators;

•  Mobile combustion – includes diesel and petrol used in haul trucks, loaders, dozers and vehicles;

•  Fugitive emissions – includes emissions from the underground mines;

•  Industrial processes and product use – includes the use of limestone for the neutralisation of acid

mine drainage; and

•  Wastewater treatment and discharge – includes the emissions from anaerobic treatment systems.

### SELECTED REPORTING CRITERIA

#### FOR SUSTAINABILITY ASSURANCE

![]()

173

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

6

06. APPENDICES04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE

KPI DEFINITION

Scope 2 emissions Scope 2 emissions are defined as GHG emissions from the generation of purchased electricity, steam,

heating and cooling that is consumed in a company’s owned or controlled equipment or operations.

Scope 3 emissions Scope 3 emissions are the result of activities from assets not owned or controlled by the reporting

organisation, but that the organisation indirectly affects in its value chain. Scope 3 emissions have been

calculated in accordance with the GHG Protocol.

Total greenhouse gas

emissions (kt CO

2

e)

Greenhouse gas calculations are based on the GHG Protocol, Intergovernmental Panel on

Climate Change 2006 Guidelines and the South African Department of Forestry, Fisheries and the

Environment’s Technical Guidelines for Monitoring, Reporting and Verification of Greenhouse Gas

Emissions by Industry: https://www.environment.gov.za/sites/default/files/legislations/

technicalguidelinesformrvofemissionsbyindustry.pdf

Freshwater abstraction Volume of water received by the site from the water environment or a third-party supplier (excludes

water supply from the eMalahleni Water Reclamation Plant, and precipitation and run-off, which

reasonably cannot effectively be prevented from entry into our operational processes).

Potable water abstraction

from the EWRP

Volume of treated potable water (ML) abstracted from the eMalahleni Water Reclamation Plant.

Water efficiency (reused/

recycled)

A total reused/recycled efficiency metric for Thungela has been developed to increase water ‘reuse’

and ‘recycling’ behaviours such that the reliance on imported water is reduced. Water is assigned a

status and either classified as raw, worked or treated, which is required to define water stores and to

calculate the reuse and recycling efficiency.

The Water Accounting Framework for the Minerals Industry User Guide (MCA, 2014) and Thungela’s

Guideline Document and Definitions for Water Reporting define the different water statuses as follows:

•  Raw water is water that is received as an input and has not been used in a task.

•  Worked water is water that has been through a task.

•  Treated worked water is water that has been through a task and has subsequently been treated on

site to provide water of a suitable quality for a particular purpose. It can include raw water treated

once received on site or water used in a process that is then treated to allow further use or release

to an output destination.

The following definitions define reuse and recycle:

•  Reused water = worked water that is used in a task without treatment beforehand. The reuse

efficiency is the sum of worked water flows to tasks as a proportion of the sum of all flows into the

tasks.

•  Recycled water = worked water that is treated before it is used in a task. Recycling efficiency is the

sum of treated worked water flows to tasks as a proportion of the sum of all flows into the tasks.

Water treatment (%) The treatment target is based on reducing recharge, managing stormwater and creating sufficient

storage to ensure uncontrolled discharges are mitigated by achieving a 40% treatment target. This

includes desalination treatment at the EWRP and the Proxa plant at Mafube as well as lime treatment at

Kromdraai and Navigation.

Total number of level 3,

4 and5 environmental

incidents reported

Environmental incidents are unplanned or unwanted events that result in negative environmental

impacts.

•  A level 1 incident results in minor impact

•  A level 2 incident results in low impact

•  A level 3 incident results in medium impact

•  A level 4 incident is considered to be a significant incident, that results in high impact

•  A level 5 incident is considered a significant incident that has a permanent impact on the

environment

We classify environmental incidents on a scale of 1 to 5 based upon increasing severity, in accordance

with the Thungela 5x5 risk matrix, which plots potential incidents against their likelihood of occurring

and the severity of their consequence.

![]()

174

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

KPI DEFINITION

The following components are taken into consideration when rating the severity of environmental

incidents:

•  Scale: How significant is the size/scale of the impact relative to the size/scale of the receiving

environment?

•  Sensitivity: How sensitive is the receiving environment to the impact? How special or unique is

the area that has been impacted?

•  Remediation and clean-up: How difficult is the impact to contain, remediate and/or clean up?

How much time and/or resources are required to manage the incident?

Hazardous waste generated Hazardous waste generated (tonnes) on site and transported offsite to a licensed hazardous waste

facility.

Non-hazardous waste

generated

General waste generated on site (tonnes) sent to landfill.

Total number of Level 3, 4

& 5 social-related incidents

reported

Reportable incidents with social consequences are unplanned or unwanted events that result in

negative social impacts. The consequences are rated according to the scale of the impact on

the receptors, the vulnerability of the person or cultural heritage to the impact and our ability to

remediate it.

•  A level 1 incident results in minor change to people’s lives and is temporary. Those impacted

have a high ability to adapt and no mitigation or corrective action is required.

•  A level 2 incident creates a notable change to the way of life and in the short term. Those

impacted have a high ability to adapt and it is easy to remediate.

•  A level 3 incident creates a significant change in the way of life and in the medium term. Those

impacted are able to adapt in part to the incident and it is not easy to remediate.

•  A level 4 incident creates a fundamental change to the way of life and the impact is long-term.

The ability of those impacted to adapt is severely restricted and it is challenging to remediate.

•  A level 5 incident creates a fundamental change to the way of life and the impact is permanent.

Those impacted are not able to adapt to the impact and it is very difficult or impossible to

remediate.

Percentage of security

personnel trained on human

rights

The number of security guards that have received training on the voluntary principles on human rights

as a percentage of the total number of guards employed.

Total amount spent on

corporate social investment,

social and labour plans,

socio-economic development

projects, enterprise and

supplier development and the

Thungela Education Initiative

Categories for mine community development expenditure includes corporate social investment (CSI)

(charitable donations) strategic projects and spend related to Social and Labour Plans. CSI for the

Group is reporting in South African Rands

Charitable donations include cash donations; contributions in kind; employees’ working hours spent

on charity projects during work hours; and the cost of initiatives designed to inform communities

about community-benefit initiatives (e.g. the production of reports that are issued to communities for

the purpose of reporting progress). Not included is expenditure that is necessary for the development

of an operation (e.g. resettlement of families) or for receiving a licence. Training expenditure for

individuals who will be employed by the company or a relevant company affiliate, as the case may

be, following completion of training is not included.

Strategic programmes include the funding of community partnerships that address social issues; the

costs of providing public facilities to community members who are not employees or dependants;

the marginal value of land or other assets transferred to community ownership; and income-creation

schemes or mentoring/volunteering initiatives that do not have a principally commercial justification.

This category includes the Thungela Education Programme, enterprise and supplier development

(Thuthukani) and other community initiatives/partnerships that also directly support the success of the

company. There must, however, be a clear and primary element of public benefit.

We prohibit the making of donations for political purposes to any politician, political party or related

organisation, any official of a political party or candidate for political office in any circumstances,

either directly or through third parties.

![]()

175

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

6

06. APPENDICES04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE

KPI REGION DEFINITION METHODOLOGY

Energy from fossil

fuel use (million

gigajoules (GJ))

South Africa Diesel and, to a lesser extent, petrol

consumed by our mobile equipment,

including haul trucks, loaders, dozers, light

vehicles and stationary equipment such as

generators.

Fuel data is entered in by sites in litres or m3 onto our

safety, health and environment (SHE) management system

where all calculations are automatically processed using the

guidelines and factors below.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Accounting and Reporting Standard

Calorific value source: 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National

Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 2, Energy

Density value source: Diesel-2006 HESS Material Safety

and Data Sheet; Petrol- 2012 ENGEN Material Safety and

Data Sheet.

Australia Energy consumed by our mobile equipment

(i.e. haul trucks, loaders, dozers, vehicles)

and stationary equipment (i.e. generators).

Fuel sources that are used are diesel, LPG,

petroleum based oils, petroleum-based

greases.

Diesel, LPG, petroleum-based oils and petroleum-based

greases are captured in kilolitres at the different source

points and sent to the environmental officer. All calculations

are manually processed. The diesel, LPG, petroleum based

oils, petroleum based greases values are converted to an

energy value (GJ) by multiplying by the calorific values of

the fuel sources.

Methodology guidelines: National Greenhouse and

Energy Reporting (Measurement) Determination 2008,

Compilation No.18

Calorific value source: Australian National Greenhouse

Accounts Factors, 2024

Scope 1

emissions

(kt CO

2

e)

South Africa Direct GHG emissions from under our

management control and proportionate

data where we have a significant interest but

not management control (Mafube). Scope 1

emissions result from the following activities:

•  Stationary combustion in generators

•  Mobile combustion in mobile

equipment and vehicles.

•  Fugitive emissions from the coal seams

during and after the mining process

that include CH

4

and CO

2

.

•  Industrial processes and product use

– includes the use of limestone for the

neutralisation of acid mine water.

•  Wastewater treatment and discharge –

Includes the emissions from anaerobic

sewage treatment systems.

Scope 1 emission related data is entered onto our SHE

management system by each operation. The sites enter the

activity data, such as quantity of fuels consumed, run-of-

mine tons, limestone consumption and number of people

using the sewage treatment facilities and the emissions are

automatically calculated by the system.

Our CO

2

e emissions from fossil fuel combustion include CO

2

,

CH

4

and N2O.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Accounting and Reporting Standard; DFFE Methodological

Guidelines for Quantification of Greenhouse Gas Emissions,

Version No. MG-2022.1; 2006 IPCC Guidelines for

National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 2 – Energy

and Volume 5 – Wastewater Treatment and Discharge

(Domestic wastewater treatment)

Emission factor source: 2006 IPCC Guidelines for

National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 2 – Energy,

Volume 3 — Mineral Industry and Volume 5 –Wastewater

Treatment and Discharge; DFFE Methodological Guidelines

for Quantification of Greenhouse Gas Emissions, Version

No. MG-2022.1

Global warming potential factor: 2001, IPCC Third

Assessment Report (AR3) for 100-year time horizon.

### CARBON ACCOUNTING

### METHODOLOGIES

![]()

176

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

KPI REGION DEFINITION METHODOLOGY

Scope 1

emissions

(kt CO

2

e)

Australia Scope 1 emissions are direct GHG

emissions from sources that Ensham owns

or controls directly. Ensham’s Scope 1

emissions are as a result of the following

activities:

•  Stationary combustion – includes

diesel used in generators, LPG used

in the canteen oven, and petroleum

based oils and greases used for

lubrication in machinery

•  Mobile combustion – includes diesel

used in haul trucks, loaders, dozers

and vehicles.

•  Fugitive emissions – includes emissions

from the underground mines (extraction

of coal and pre-drainage and flaring)

and open cast mines.

•  Industrial processes and product

use – includes the use of SF6 gas for

switchgears and circuit breakers

•  Stationary and mobile combustion emissions - Each

fuel source is captured in kilolitres and converted to an

energy value (GJ) using the calorific values of the fuel

sources before applying the emission factors for CO

2

,

CH

4

, N

2

O and GWP factors.

•  Fugitive emissions:

Opencast: Annual seam gas sampling before coal

extraction.

Underground: - The mine undertakes continuous

monitoring of ventilation air methane. Pre-drainage

and flaring are manually monitored using bag

samples and pressure differentials. Raw data is

processed by specialist NATA accredited consultant

Geogas to determine total ventilation emissions.

•  Industrial processes and product use – SF6 is captured

in kg.

Methodology guidelines: National Greenhouse and

Energy Reporting (Measurement) Determination 2008,

Compilation No.18

Emission factor source: Australian National Greenhouse

Accounts Factors, 2024

GWP factor: 2001, IPCC 5th Assessment Report (AR5) for

100-year time horizon.

Scope 2

emissions

(kt CO

2

e)

South Africa Emissions from electricity purchased from

South Africa’s national power utility, Eskom.

Purchased electricity vis captured in MWh on the SHE

management system and emissions automatically calculated

applying the GHG Protocol’s location-based approach.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Accounting and Reporting Standard (Scope 2 guidance)

Emission factor source: 2023 Eskom Integrated Report

Australia Scope 2 emissions are defined as GHG

emissions from the generation of purchased

electricity, steam, heating and cooling that

is consumed in a company’s owned or

controlled equipment or operations. Ensham

only purchases electricity from the national

grid.

Purchased electricity is captured in kWh. All calculations

are manually processed. The electricity values are multiplied

by the grid emission factor which is in total tonnes carbon

dioxide equivalent emissions.

Methodology guidelines: National Greenhouse and

Energy Reporting (Measurement) Determination 2008,

Compilation No.18

Emission factor source: Australian National Greenhouse

Accounts Factors, 2024

![]()

177

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

6

06. APPENDICES04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE

KPI REGION DEFINITION METHODOLOGY

Scope 3

emissions:

Purchased goods

and services

(Category 1)

Emissions from the extraction, production

and transportation of goods and services

acquired. This includes products purchased

such as explosives, limestone and hydrated

lime, contractor services (including fuel use).

The spend-based method was applied for the purchased

products based on financial cost of purchased products in

2024.

The fuel related activity data collected from the contractors

was converted to an energy value and then multiplied by the

emission factors for CO

2

, CH

4

, N

2

O and GWP factors.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard and Scope 3 Calculation

Guidance and ICMM Scope 3 Emissions Accounting and

Reporting Guidance

Emission factor source: 2022, EPA , Supply Chain

Greenhouse Gas Emission Factors v1.2 by NAICS-6; 2006

IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories,

Volume 2 – Energy

GWP factor: 2001, IPCC Third Assessment Report (AR3) for

100-year time horizon

Scope 3

emissions:

Capital goods

(Category 2)

Emissions from the extraction, production

and transportation of capital goods

purchased, including haul trucks, vehicles,

dozers and conveyors.

The spend based method was applied for the purchased

capital goods.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard and Scope 3 Calculation

Guidance and ICMM Scope 3 Emissions Accounting and

Reporting Guidance

Emission factor source: 2022, EPA, Supply Chain

Greenhouse Gas Emission Factors v1.2 by NAICS-6

Scope 3

emissions:

Fuel and energy

related activities

(Category 3)

Emissions from the extraction, production

and transportation of fuels and energy

purchased. This includes diesel, petrol and

transmission and distribution losses for

electricity.

Well-to-tank emission factors were applied to diesel and

petrol and the transmission and distribution grid emission

factor was applied to electricity consumption. Electricity

purchased in Australis in MWh was multiplied by the

Australian Grid Factor for Scope 3.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard and Scope 3 Calculation

Guidance and ICMM Scope 3 Emissions Accounting and

Reporting Guidance

Emission factor source: 2024, United Kingdom Department

for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) emission

factor; 2023 Eskom Integrated Report. Australian National

Greenhouse Accounts Factors, 2024

Scope 3

emissions:

Upstream

transportation

and distribution

(Category 4)

Emissions from the transportation and

distribution of coal between sites by truck

and the railing of coal to Richards Bay Coal

Terminal.

Emissions from the transportation of coal

from the site by train to Gladstone power

station and Gladstone Port.

Trip distances were determined and multiplied by load.

This was then multiplied by the rail freight and road freight

emission factors.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard and Scope 3 Calculation

Guidance and ICMM Scope 3 Emissions Accounting and

Reporting Guidance

Emission factor source: 2023, United Kingdom DEFRA

emission factor.

![]()

178

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

KPI REGION DEFINITION METHODOLOGY

Scope 3

emissions:

Waste generated

in operations

(Category 5)

Emissions from the disposal or treatment of

non-hazardous waste sent to legal landfill.

Paper, plastic, scrap metal and used oil are

also sent to third parties for recycling.

The emission factor for commercial and industrial waste is

applied to the total non-hazardous waste (tonnes). Closed

loop emission factors are used for recycled paper, used oil,

plastic and scrap metal.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard and Scope 3 Calculation

Guidance and ICMM Scope 3 Emissions Accounting and

Reporting Guidance

Emission factor source: 2024 DEFRA emission factor.

Scope 3

emissions:

Business travel

(Category 6)

Transportation by road or air and

accommodation of employees in hotels for

business-related activities.

The responsible service providers, in both Australia

and South Africa, for arranging all business travel and

accommodation related activities have developed

dashboards which capture Thungela’s travel emissions using

the DEFRA emission factors.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard and Scope 3 Calculation

Guidance and ICMM Scope 3 Emissions Accounting and

Reporting Guidance, South Pole Flight Emissions Calculation

Methodology

Emission factor source: 2024 DEFRA emission factor.

Scope 3

emissions:

Employee

commuting

(Category 7)

Employees commuting between their homes

and place of work by minibus taxi and

personal vehicles in South Africa.

Employees flying between their homes and

Emerald airport. Commuting from Emerald

airport to Ensham via car.

The total distance for the year by minibus and cars was

consolidated and multiplied by the emission factor for the

different modes of transport.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard and Scope 3 Calculation

Guidance, ICMM Scope 3 Emissions Accounting and

Reporting Guidance and South Pole Flight Emissions

Calculation Methodology

Emission factor source: 2024 DEFRA emission factor.

Scope 3

emissions:

Upstream leased

assets (Category

8)

Thungela leases the Rosebank head office

building and emissions are not included in

Scope 1 or 2.

The diesel and electricity consumption values are collected

from the property manager and the emissions calculated

using the guidance of the GHG Protocol.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Accounting and Reporting Standard;

Emission factor source: 2006 IPCC Guidelines for

National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 2 – Energy;

2023 Eskom Integrated Report

GWP factor: 2001, IPCC Third Assessment Report (AR3) for

100-year time horizon.

Scope 3

emissions:

Downstream

transportation

and distribution

(Category 9)

Includes transportation- and distribution-

related emissions resulting from the shipping

of products sold. Coal is sold free-on-board,

which means that the customer pays for the

shipping. Thungela exports coal from the

Richards Bay Coal Terminal in South Africa

and the Gladstone Port in Australia.

Shipping distances from Richards Bay Coal Terminal to

destination ports multiplied by load per trip (tonne.km) and

then by the cargo ship emission factor.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard and Scope 3 Calculation

Guidance, ICMM Scope 3 Emissions Accounting and

Reporting Guidance

Emission factor source: 2024 DEFRA emission factor.

![]()

179

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

6

06. APPENDICES04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE

KPI REGION DEFINITION METHODOLOGY

Scope 3

emissions:

Use of sold

products

(Category 11)

Includes emissions from the use of Thungela’s

product (thermal coal) by customers.

The coal that is sold locally and internationally is captured

in tonnes. We assume that 100% of coal sold is burned by

customers. Coal volumes are converted to an energy value

(GJ) using the calorific value of sub-bituminous coal which

are then multiplied by the relevant emission factors and

GWPs.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Accounting and Reporting Standard; 2006 IPCC Guidelines

for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 2 –

Energy

Emission factor source: 2006 IPCC Guidelines for

National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 2, Energy.

Sub-bituminous Coal.

GWP factor: 2001, IPCC Third Assessment Report (AR3) for

100-year time horizon

Scope 3

emissions:

Investments

(Category 15)

Thungela has accounted for Scope 1 and

2 emissions from sites where we have a

shareholding but do not have operational

control, including Richards Bay Coal

Terminal, Phola, Nasonti and Rietvlei.

Diesel, petrol and electricity activity data for each entity

is used to calculate the emissions using the guidance and

emission factors below. The scope 1 and 2 emissions are

apportioned according to Thungela’s percentage ownership.

Methodology guidelines: GHG Protocol Corporate

Accounting and Reporting Standard;

Calorific value source: 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National

Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 2 –Energy

Emission factor source: 2006 IPCC Guidelines for

National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 2 – Energy;

2022 Eskom Integrated Report

GWP factor: 200, IPCC 3rd Assessment Report (AR3) for

100-year time horizon

![]()

180

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

AI Artificial intelligence

AR Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Assessment Report

ART Antiretroviral treatment

B-BBEE Broad-based black economic empowerment. This is a broader version of earlier BEE (see below) policy and attempts

to spread the benefits of economic empowerment to the widest possible spectrum of black South Africans.

BEE Black economic empowerment, a policy of the South African government aimed at increasing the access of black

South Africans to productive assets. It seeks to ‘promote new opportunities for and increase the levels of participation

of black people in the ownership, management and control of economic activities.

BHV Bullying, harassment and victimisation

Bioremediation Treatment or waste-management technique that uses naturally occurring organisms to break down hazardous

substances into less toxic or non-toxic substances.

BMP Biodiversity management plan

BUSA Business Unity South Africa

Capex Capital expenditure

CCUS Carbon capture, utilisation and storage

CH4 Methane

CIAB Coal Industry Advisory Board

CoalSAFE CoalSAFE is an annual conference focusing on health, safety, and environmental management within the South

African coal mining industry. It's organized by the South African Colliery Managers' Association and features

a tripartite structure, involving industry leaders, government representatives, and organized labour. The event

includes an award ceremony recognizing top performers.

CO

2

Carbon dioxide

CO

2

e Carbon dioxide equivalent

Coaltech The Coaltech Research Association is a voluntary collaborative non-profit organisation that addresses the research

needs of the South African coal industry.

COAD Chronic obstructive airways disease

CSI Corporate social investment

dBA Decibels

DESI Department of Environment, Science and Innovation

DMPR Department of Mineral and Petroleum Resources

DOEL Department of Employment and Labour

DOH Department of Health

DWS Department of Water and Sanitation

Ensham Mine An unincorporated joint venture between Sungela and Bowen

EOR Engineer of record

EPA Environmental Protection Act 1994 (Queensland)

ESD Enterprise and supplier development

### GLOSSARY

![]()

181

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

6

06. APPENDICES04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE

TERM USED DEFINITION

ESG Environmental, social and governance

EWRP eMalahleni Water Reclamation Plant

Fugitive

emissions

Methane (CH4) and a small proportion of CO2 released from the coal seams in underground mines as mining

progresses

GBVF Gender-based violence and femicide

GCCSI Global Carbon Capture and Storage Institute

GHG Greenhouse gas

GHG Protocol Standards and guidance for corporate accounting and reporting on emissions, which help governments and

business leaders to understand, quantify and manage emissions. The GHG Protocol separates emissions into

different scopes, depending on source.

It is available at: https://ghgprotocol.org/sites/default/files/standards/ghg-protocol-revised.pdf

GJ Gigajoule

GRI Global Reporting Initiative

Group Thungela and its subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates

ha Hectare

HCT HIV counselling and testing

HDPs Historically disadvantaged persons

HEG Homogonous exposure group

HIV Human immunodeficiency virus

HPH High-potential hazard

HPI High-potential incident

HSE Health, safety and environment

ICMM International Council on Mining and Metals

IEA International Energy Agency

IFC International Finance Corporation

IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards

IM Information management

IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

IRM Integrated risk management

ISO International Organization for Standardisation

ISSB International Sustainability Standards Board

ITTCC Industry Task Team on Climate Change

IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature

JSE Johannesburg Stock Exchange Limited

King IV King IV Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa 2016

km Kilometre

KPIs Key performance indicators

![]()

182

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

TERM USED DEFINITION

kt Kilotonne

kt CO

2

e Kilotonne of CO

2

equivalent

LA Limited assurance

LED Local economic development

LGBTQIA+ Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, intersex and asexual

LOM Life of mine

LTIFR Lost-time injury frequency rate

LTI A lost-time injury is a work-related injury resulting in an employee/contractor being unable to attend work, or

to perform the full duties of his/her regular work, on the next calendar day after the day of the injury, whether a

scheduled workday or not.

M&A Mergers and acquisitions

m

3

Metres cubed

MCSA Minerals Council South Africa

Mafube Mafube Coal Mining Proprietary Limited

mg Milligrams

MHSC Mine Health and Safety Council

Mintek Mintek is South Africa’s national mineral research organisation and is one of the world’s leading technology

organisations specialising in mineral processing, extractive metallurgy and related areas. Mintek is a state-owned

science council that reports to the Minister of Mineral and Petroleum Resources.

ML Megalitre

MPRDA South African Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act No. 28 of 2002

MQA Mining Qualifications Authority

MRF A mineral residue facility is the term used to describe a coal discard facility in which the by-product or waste from

coal processing is disposed. These structures are engineered facilities.

Mt Million tonnes

MTC Medical treatment case

MTPA Million tonnes per annum

MW Megawatt

NBBN National Biodiversity and Business Network

NBI National Business Initiative

NEMA The South African National Environmental Management Act No. 107 of 1998

NGO Non-governmental organisation

NIHL Noise-induced hearing loss

NO

2

Nitrogen dioxide

NQF National Qualifications Framework

NUM National Union of Mineworkers

NUMSA National Union of Metalworkers of South Africa

NWA National Water Act No. 36 of 1998

![]()

183

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

6

06. APPENDICES04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE

TERM USED DEFINITION

OEL Occupational exposure limits

ORM Operational risk management

PCD Pollution control dam

PIT Professionals-in-training

PM Particulate matter

PM

10

Particles smaller than 10 µm

PM

2.5

Particles smaller than 2.5 µm

PPE Personal protective equipment

PV Photovoltaic

RA Reasonable assurance

RCP Representation Concentration Pathway

SAHRA South African Heritage Resources Agency

SED Socio-economic development

SETCO Social, ethics and transformation committee

SHE Safety, health and environment

SLP Social and Labour Plan

SMME Small, medium and micro-sized enterprise

SO

2

Sulphur dioxide

SO

x

Sulphur oxides

SSP Shared Socio-economic Pathways

t Tonne

TB Tuberculosis

TCFD Task Force on Climate-Related Disclosures

TFR Transnet Freight Rail

Thungela Thungela Resources Limited

TRCFR Total recordable case frequency rate, rate of recordable cases per 1,000,000 hours worked

TTM Total tonnes moved

TWA Time-weighted average

UN United Nations

UN SDG United Nations Sustainable Development Goals

UNAIDS Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS

USD United States dollar

WRI World Resources Institute

ZAR South African rand

![]()

184

01. OVERVIEW 02. ESG IN CONTEXT 03. ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA RESOURCES LIMITED

25 Bath Avenue PO Box 1521

Rosebank Saxonwold

Johannesburg Johannesburg

219 6   2132

Tel +27 11 638 9300

This report is available at: www.thungela.com

COMMENT OR QUERIES RELATED TO THIS REPORT

Nikki Fisher

Email: nikki.fisher@thungela.com

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Hugo Nunes

Email: hugo.nunes@thungela.com

Shreshini Singh

Email: shreshini.singh@thungela.com

MEDIA CONTACT

Hulisani Rasivhaga

Email: hulisani.rasivhaga@thungela.com

FORWARDLOOKING STATEMENTS DISCLAIMER AND THIRDPARTY INFORMATION

This document includes forward-looking statements. Allstatements included in this document (other than statements of historical facts)

are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, those regarding Thungela’s financial position,

business, acquisition and divestment strategy, dividend policy, plans and objectives of management for future operations (including

development plans and objectives relating to Thungela’s products, production forecasts and resource and reserve positions). Bytheir

nature, such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual

results, performance or achievements of Thungela, or industry results, to be materially different from any future results, performance or

achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Thungela therefore cautions that forward-looking statements

are not guarantees of futureperformance.

Any forward-looking statement made in this document or elsewhere is applicable only at the date on which such forward-looking

statement is made. New factors that could cause Thungela’s business not to develop as expected may emerge from time to time and

it is not possible to predict all of them. Further, the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to

differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement are not known. Thungela has no duty to, and does not intend

to, update or revise the forward-looking statements contained in this report after the date of this document, except as may be required

by law. Any forward-looking statements included in this report have not been reviewed or reported on by the Group’s independent

external auditor.

The information contained within this report is deemed by the Group to constitute inside information as stipulated under the market abuse

regulation (EU) No.596/2014 as amended by the market abuse (amendment) (UK MAR) regulations 2019. Upon the publication of

this report, this inside information is now considered to be in the public domain.

### ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

![]()

185

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2024

6

06. APPENDICES04. SOCIAL 05. GOVERNANCE